MacVim Snapshot 100

Binary targets OS X 10.8(Mountain Lion), 10.9(Mavericks), 10.10(Yosemite), and 10.11(El Capitan) - Vim patch 7.4.1707 Script interfaces have compatibility with these versions - Lua 5.2 - Perl 5.16 - Python2 2.7 - Python3 3.5 - Ruby 2.0
Merge remote-tracking branch 'vim/master'
2026-06-07 15:37:14 +02:00 · 2016-04-03 19:27:21 -07:00 · 2016-04-03 17:57:43 -07:00 · 2016-04-03 22:44:36 +02:00 · 2016-04-03 22:22:30 +02:00 · 2016-04-03 22:08:05 +02:00
193 changed files with 7612 additions and 3987 deletions
@@ -78,6 +78,7 @@ src/testdir/dostmp/*
 src/testdir/messages
 src/testdir/viminfo
 src/memfile_test
+src/json_test

 # From MacVim
 .*.swp
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ language: c
 os:
  - osx

-osx_image: xcode7.2
+osx_image: xcode7.3

 compiler:
  - clang
@@ -483,7 +483,6 @@ RT_ALL =	\
 		runtime/ftoff.vim \
 		runtime/gvimrc_example.vim \
 		runtime/macros/README.txt \
-		runtime/macros/dvorak \
 		runtime/macros/editexisting.vim \
 		runtime/macros/hanoi/click.me \
 		runtime/macros/hanoi/hanoi.vim \
@@ -495,7 +494,6 @@ RT_ALL =	\
 		runtime/macros/life/click.me \
 		runtime/macros/life/life.vim \
 		runtime/macros/matchit.vim \
-		runtime/macros/matchit.txt \
 		runtime/macros/maze/README.txt \
 		runtime/macros/maze/[mM]akefile \
 		runtime/macros/maze/main.aap \
@@ -525,6 +523,16 @@ RT_ALL =	\
 		runtime/tutor/tutor \
 		runtime/tutor/tutor.vim \
 		runtime/vimrc_example.vim \
+		runtime/pack/dist/opt/dvorak/plugin/dvorak.vim \
+		runtime/pack/dist/opt/dvorak/dvorak/enable.vim \
+		runtime/pack/dist/opt/dvorak/dvorak/disable.vim \
+		runtime/pack/dist/opt/editexisting/plugin/editexisting.vim \
+		runtime/pack/dist/opt/justify/plugin/justify.vim \
+		runtime/pack/dist/opt/matchit/plugin/matchit.vim \
+		runtime/pack/dist/opt/matchit/doc/matchit.txt \
+		runtime/pack/dist/opt/matchit/doc/tags \
+		runtime/pack/dist/opt/shellmenu/plugin/shellmenu.vim \
+		runtime/pack/dist/opt/swapmouse/plugin/swapmouse.vim \

 # runtime files for all distributions without CR-NL translation
 RT_ALL_BIN =	\
@@ -605,7 +613,6 @@ RT_AMI =	\
 		README.txt.info \
 		README_ami.txt \
 		README_ami.txt.info \
-		libs/arp.library \
 		runtime/doc.info \
 		runtime/doc/*.info \
 		runtime/icons/README.txt \
@@ -693,6 +700,35 @@ EXTRA =		\
 		src/tee/Make_mvc.mak \
 		src/tee/tee.c \

+# files in READMEdir that are included from the top dir
+IN_README_DIR = \
+		README.txt.info \
+		README_ami.txt \
+		README_ami.txt.info \
+		README_amibin.txt \
+		README_amibin.txt.info \
+		README_amisrc.txt \
+		README_amisrc.txt.info \
+		README_bindos.txt \
+		README_dos.txt \
+		README_extra.txt \
+		README_mac.txt \
+		README_ole.txt \
+		README_os2.txt \
+		README_os390.txt \
+		README_src.txt \
+		README_srcdos.txt \
+		README_unix.txt \
+		README_vms.txt \
+		README_w32s.txt \
+		Contents \
+		Contents.info \
+		Vim.info \
+		Xxd.info \
+		runtime.info \
+		src.info \
+		vimdir.info \
+
 # generic language files
 LANG_GEN = \
 		runtime/doc/*-de.1 \
@@ -213,24 +213,13 @@ MINOR = 4
 #   > bigvim64.bat
 #
 #
-# OBSOLETE systems: You can build this if you have an appropriate system.
+# OBSOLETE systems: You can build these if you have an appropriate system.
 #
-# 16 bit DOS version: (doesn't build anywhere)
-# - Set environment for compiling with Borland C++ 3.1.
-# - "bmake -f Make_bc3.mak BOR=E:\borlandc" (compiling xxd might fail, in that
-#   case set environment for compiling with Borland C++ 4.0 and do
-#   "make -f make_bc3.mak BOR=E:\BC4 xxd/xxd.exe").
-#   NOTE: this currently fails because Vim is too big.
-# - "make test" and check the output.
-# - Rename the executables to "vimd16.exe", "xxdd16.exe", "installd16.exe" and
-#   "uninstald16.exe".
+# 16 bit DOS version: You need to get a very old version of Vim, for several
+# years even the tiny build is too big to fit in DOS memory.
 #
-# 32 bit DOS version: (requires Windows XP or earlier)
-# - Set environment for compiling with DJGPP; "gmake -f Make_djg.mak".
-# - "rm testdir/*.out", "gmake -f Make_djg.mak test" and check the output for
-#   "ALL DONE".
-# - Rename the executables to "vimd32.exe", "xxdd32.exe", "installd32.exe" and
-#   "uninstald32.exe".
+# 32 bit DOS version: Support was removed in 7.4.1399.  When syncing to before
+# that it probably won't build.
 #
 # Win32s GUI version: (requires a very old compiler)
 # - Set environment for Visual C++ 4.1 (requires a new console window):
@@ -242,12 +231,9 @@ MINOR = 4
 # - Rename "uninstal.exe" to "uninstalw32.exe"
 # - The produced uninstalw32.exe and vimrun.exe are used.
 #
-# OS/2: (requires an OS/2 system)
-# - Unpack the Unix archive.
-# - "make -f Make_os2.mak".
-# - Rename the executables to vimos2.exe, xxdos2.exe and teeos2.exe and copy
-#   them to here.
-# - "make os2bin".
+# OS/2 support was removed in patch 7.4.1008.  If you want to give it a try
+# sync to before that and check the old version of this Makefile for
+# instructions.

 VIMVER	= vim-$(MAJOR).$(MINOR)
 VERSION = $(MAJOR)$(MINOR)
@@ -269,9 +255,13 @@ dist:
 	mkdir dist

 # Clean up some files to avoid they are included.
+# Copy README files to the top directory.
 prepare:
 	if test -f runtime/doc/uganda.nsis.txt; then \
 		rm runtime/doc/uganda.nsis.txt; fi
+	for name in $(IN_README_DIR); do \
+	  cp READMEdir/"$$name" .; \
+	  done

 # For the zip files we need to create a file with the comment line
 dist/comment:
@@ -336,6 +326,7 @@ unixall: dist prepare
 		$(EXTRA) \
 		$(LANG_SRC) \
 		| (cd dist/$(VIMRTDIR); tar xf -)
+	-rm $(IN_README_DIR)
 # Need to use a "distclean" config.mk file
 # Note: this file is not included in the repository to avoid problems, but it's
 # OK to put it in the archive.
@@ -372,6 +363,7 @@ amirt: dist prepare
 		$(RT_NO_UNIX) \
 		$(RT_AMI_DOS) \
 		| (cd dist/Vim/$(VIMRTDIR); tar xf -)
+	-rm $(IN_README_DIR)
 	mv dist/Vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/vimdir.info dist/Vim.info
 	mv dist/Vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/runtime.info dist/Vim/$(VIMRTDIR).info
 	mv dist/Vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/runtime/* dist/Vim/$(VIMRTDIR)
@@ -392,6 +384,7 @@ amibin: dist prepare
 		Vim \
 		Xxd \
 		| (cd dist/Vim/$(VIMRTDIR); tar xf -)
+	-rm $(IN_README_DIR)
 	mv dist/Vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/vimdir.info dist/Vim.info
 	mv dist/Vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/runtime.info dist/Vim/$(VIMRTDIR).info
 	cd dist && tar cf vim$(VERSION)bin.tar Vim Vim.info
@@ -410,6 +403,7 @@ amisrc: dist prepare
 		$(SRC_AMI) \
 		$(SRC_AMI_DOS) \
 		| (cd dist/Vim/$(VIMRTDIR); tar xf -)
+	-rm $(IN_README_DIR)
 	mv dist/Vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/vimdir.info dist/Vim.info
 	mv dist/Vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/runtime.info dist/Vim/$(VIMRTDIR).info
 	cd dist && tar cf vim$(VERSION)src.tar Vim Vim.info
@@ -483,6 +477,7 @@ dosrt_files: dist prepare no_title.vim
 		$(RT_DOS_BIN) \
 		$(LANG_GEN_BIN) \
 		| (cd dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR); tar xf -)
+	-rm $(IN_README_DIR)
 	mv dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/runtime/* dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)
 	rmdir dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/runtime
 # Add the message translations.  Trick: skip ja.mo and use ja.sjis.mo instead.
@@ -517,6 +512,7 @@ dosbin_gvim: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_GVIM)
 	tar cf - \
 		$(BIN_DOS) \
 		| (cd dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR); tar xf -)
+	-rm $(IN_README_DIR)
 	cp gvim.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/gvim.exe
 	cp xxdw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/xxd.exe
 	cp vimrun.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/vimrun.exe
@@ -2,25 +2,28 @@
 [![Build Status](https://travis-ci.org/vim/vim.svg?branch=master)](https://travis-ci.org/vim/vim)
 [![Coverage Status](https://coveralls.io/repos/vim/vim/badge.svg?branch=master&service=github)](https://coveralls.io/github/vim/vim?branch=master)
 [![Appveyor Build status](https://ci.appveyor.com/api/projects/status/o2qht2kjm02sgghk?svg=true)](https://ci.appveyor.com/project/chrisbra/vim)
+[![Coverity Scan](https://scan.coverity.com/projects/241/badge.svg)](https://scan.coverity.com/projects/vim)


 ## What is Vim? ##

-Vim is an almost compatible version of the UNIX editor Vi.  Many new features
-have been added: multi-level undo, syntax highlighting, command line history,
-on-line help, spell checking, filename completion, block operations, etc.
-There is also a Graphical User Interface (GUI) available.  See
-`runtime/doc/vi_diff.txt` for differences with Vi.
+Vim is a greatly improved version of the good old UNIX editor Vi.  Many new
+features have been added: multi-level undo, syntax highlighting, command line
+history, on-line help, spell checking, filename completion, block operations,
+script language, etc.  There is also a Graphical User Interface (GUI)
+available.  Still, Vi compatibility is maintained, those who have Vi "in the
+fingers" will feel at home.  See `runtime/doc/vi_diff.txt` for differences with
+Vi.

 This editor is very useful for editing programs and other plain text files.
 All commands are given with normal keyboard characters, so those who can type
 with ten fingers can work very fast.  Additionally, function keys can be
-defined by the user, and the mouse can be used.
+mapped to commands by the user, and the mouse can be used.

-Vim runs under MS-DOS, MS-Windows (NT, 2000, XP, Vista, 7, 8, 10), Macintosh,
-VMS and almost all flavours of UNIX.  Porting to other systems should not be
-very difficult.  Older versions of Vim run on MS-Windows 95/98/Me, Amiga DOS,
-Atari MiNT, BeOS, RISC OS and OS/2.  These are no longer maintained.
+Vim runs under MS-Windows (NT, 2000, XP, Vista, 7, 8, 10), Macintosh, VMS and
+almost all flavours of UNIX.  Porting to other systems should not be very
+difficult.  Older versions of Vim run on MS-DOS, MS-Windows 95/98/Me, Amiga
+DOS, Atari MiNT, BeOS, RISC OS and OS/2.  These are no longer maintained.


 ## Distribution ##
@@ -38,9 +41,31 @@ want or must compile it yourself.  Check http://www.vim.org/download.php for
 an overview of currently available distributions.


+## Compiling ##
+
+If you obtained a binary distribution you don't need to compile Vim.  If you
+obtained a source distribution, all the stuff for compiling Vim is in the
+`src` directory.  See `src/INSTALL` for instructions.
+
+
+## Installation ##
+
+See one of these files for system-specific instructions.  Either in the
+READMEdir directory (in the repository) or the top directory (if you unpack an
+archive):
+
+	README_ami.txt		Amiga
+	README_unix.txt		Unix
+	README_dos.txt		MS-DOS and MS-Windows
+	README_mac.txt		Macintosh
+	README_vms.txt		VMS
+
+There are other `README_*.txt` files, depending on the distribution you used.
+
+
 ## Documentation ##

-The vim tutor is a one hour training course for beginners.  Mostly it can be
+The Vim tutor is a one hour training course for beginners.  Often it can be
 started as `vimtutor`.  See `:help tutor` for more information.

 The best is to use `:help` in Vim.  If you don't have an executable yet, read
@@ -76,26 +101,6 @@ For the most recent information about sponsoring look on the Vim web site:
 	http://www.vim.org/sponsor/


-## Compiling ##
-
-If you obtained a binary distribution you don't need to compile Vim.  If you
-obtained a source distribution, all the stuff for compiling Vim is in the
-`src` directory.  See `src/INSTALL` for instructions.
-
-
-## Installation ##
-
-See one of these files for system-specific instructions:
-
-	README_ami.txt		Amiga
-	README_unix.txt		Unix
-	README_dos.txt		MS-DOS and MS-Windows
-	README_mac.txt		Macintosh
-	README_vms.txt		VMS
-
-There are more `README_*.txt` files, depending on the distribution you used.
-
-
 ## Contributing ##

 If you would like to help making Vim better, see the [CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/vim/vim/blob/master/CONTRIBUTING.md) file.
@@ -3,21 +3,23 @@ README.txt for version 7.4 of Vim: Vi IMproved.

 WHAT IS VIM?

-Vim is an almost compatible version of the UNIX editor Vi.  Many new features
-have been added: multi-level undo, syntax highlighting, command line history,
-on-line help, spell checking, filename completion, block operations, etc.
-There is also a Graphical User Interface (GUI) available.  See
-"runtime/doc/vi_diff.txt" for differences with Vi.
+Vim is a greatly improved version of the good old UNIX editor Vi.  Many new
+features have been added: multi-level undo, syntax highlighting, command line
+history, on-line help, spell checking, filename completion, block operations,
+script language, etc.  There is also a Graphical User Interface (GUI)
+available.  Still, Vi compatibility is maintained, those who have Vi "in the
+fingers" will feel at home.  See "runtime/doc/vi_diff.txt" for differences with
+Vi.

 This editor is very useful for editing programs and other plain text files.
 All commands are given with normal keyboard characters, so those who can type
 with ten fingers can work very fast.  Additionally, function keys can be
-defined by the user, and the mouse can be used.
+mapped to commands by the user, and the mouse can be used.

-Vim runs under MS-DOS, MS-Windows (NT, 2000, XP, Vista, 7, 8, 10), Macintosh,
-VMS and almost all flavours of UNIX.  Porting to other systems should not be
-very difficult.  Older versions of Vim run on MS-Windows 95/98/Me, Amiga DOS,
-Atari MiNT, BeOS, RISC OS and OS/2.  These are no longer maintained.
+Vim runs under MS-Windows (NT, 2000, XP, Vista, 7, 8, 10), Macintosh, VMS and
+almost all flavours of UNIX.  Porting to other systems should not be very
+difficult.  Older versions of Vim run on MS-DOS, MS-Windows 95/98/Me, Amiga
+DOS, Atari MiNT, BeOS, RISC OS and OS/2.  These are no longer maintained.


 DISTRIBUTION
@@ -35,9 +37,31 @@ want or must compile it yourself.  Check "http://www.vim.org/download.php" for
 an overview of currently available distributions.


+COMPILING
+
+If you obtained a binary distribution you don't need to compile Vim.  If you
+obtained a source distribution, all the stuff for compiling Vim is in the
+"src" directory.  See src/INSTALL for instructions.
+
+
+INSTALLATION
+
+See one of these files for system-specific instructions.  Either in the
+READMEdir directory (in the repository) or the top directory (if you unpack an
+archive):
+
+README_ami.txt		Amiga
+README_unix.txt		Unix
+README_dos.txt		MS-DOS and MS-Windows
+README_mac.txt		Macintosh
+README_vms.txt		VMS
+
+There are more README_*.txt files, depending on the distribution you used.
+
+
 DOCUMENTATION

-The vim tutor is a one hour training course for beginners.  Mostly it can be
+The Vim tutor is a one hour training course for beginners.  Often it can be
 started as "vimtutor".  See ":help tutor" for more information.

 The best is to use ":help" in Vim.  If you don't have an executable yet, read
@@ -74,23 +98,9 @@ For the most recent information about sponsoring look on the Vim web site:
 	http://www.vim.org/sponsor/


-COMPILING
+CONTRIBUTING

-If you obtained a binary distribution you don't need to compile Vim.  If you
-obtained a source distribution, all the stuff for compiling Vim is in the
-"src" directory.  See src/INSTALL for instructions.
-
-
-INSTALLATION
-
-See one of these files for system-specific instructions:
-README_ami.txt		Amiga
-README_unix.txt		Unix
-README_dos.txt		MS-DOS and MS-Windows
-README_mac.txt		Macintosh
-README_vms.txt		VMS
-
-There are more README_*.txt files, depending on the distribution you used.
+If you would like to help making Vim better, see the CONTRIBUTING.md file.


 INFORMATION
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ Vim		Vi IMproved.  A clone of the UNIX text editor Vi.  Very useful
 		messages, shows current file name in window title, on-line
 		help, rectangular cut/paste, etc., etc., etc...

-		Version 7.4.  Also runs under UNIX, MSDOS and other systems.
+		Version 7.4.  Also runs under UNIX, MS-Windows, Mac, etc.
 		vim74rt.tgz  contains the documentation and syntax files.
 		vim74bin.tgz contains the binaries.
 		vim74src.tgz contains the sources.
@@ -19,5 +19,5 @@ Vim		Vi IMproved.  A clone of the UNIX text editor Vi.  Very useful
 Xxd		Hex dumper and reader.  Can be used to view files as hex, edit
 		them and write them back.  Can also be used to patch files.

-		Version 1.8 (1997 May 22)
+		Version 1.10 (1997 May 22)
 		Author: Juergen Weigert
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Dec 05
+*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 26


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -918,7 +918,15 @@ VimEnter			After doing all the startup stuff, including
 				loading .vimrc files, executing the "-c cmd"
 				arguments, creating all windows and loading
 				the buffers in them.
-							*VimLeave*
+				Just before this event is triggered the
+				|v:vim_did_enter| variable is set, so that you
+				can do: >
+				   if v:vim_did_enter
+				     call s:init()
+				   else
+ 	  			     au VimEnter * call s:init()
+				   endif
+<							*VimLeave*
 VimLeave			Before exiting Vim, just after writing the
 				.viminfo file.  Executed only once, like
 				VimLeavePre.
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*channel.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 12
+*channel.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 28


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -120,25 +120,14 @@ Use |ch_status()| to see if the channel could be opened.

 {address} has the form "hostname:port".  E.g., "localhost:8765".

-{options} is a dictionary with optional entries:
+{options} is a dictionary with optional entries:	*channel-open-options*

 "mode" can be:						*channel-mode*
 	"json" - Use JSON, see below; most convenient way. Default.
 	"js"   - Use JS (JavaScript) encoding, more efficient than JSON.
 	"nl"   - Use messages that end in a NL character
 	"raw"  - Use raw messages
-
-"in-mode"	mode specifically for stdin, only when using pipes
-"out-mode"	mode specifically for stdout, only when using pipes
-"err-mode"	mode specifically for stderr, only when using pipes
-		Note: when setting "mode" the part specific mode is
-		overwritten.  Therefore set "mode" first and the part specific
-		mode later.
-
-		Note: when writing to a file or buffer and when reading from a
-		buffer NL mode is used by default.
-
-							*channel-callback*
+						*channel-callback* *E921*
 "callback"	A function that is called when a message is received that is
 		not handled otherwise.  It gets two arguments: the channel
 		and the received message. Example: >
@@ -153,17 +142,12 @@ Use |ch_status()| to see if the channel could be opened.
 		excluding the NL.
 		When "mode" is "raw" the "msg" argument is the whole message
 		as a string.
-							*out-cb*
-"out-cb"	A function like "callback" but used for stdout.  Only for when
-		the channel uses pipes.  When "out-cb" wasn't set the channel
-		callback is used.
-							*err-cb*
-"err-cb"	A function like "callback" but used for stderr.  Only for when
-		the channel uses pipes.  When "err-cb" wasn't set the channel
-		callback is used.

-							*close-cb*
-"close-cb"	A function that is called when the channel gets closed, other
+		For all callbacks: Use |function()| to bind it to arguments
+		and/or a Dictionary.  Or use the form "dict.function" to bind
+		the Dictionary.
+							*close_cb*
+"close_cb"	A function that is called when the channel gets closed, other
 		than by calling ch_close().  It should be defined like this: >
 	func MyCloseHandler(channel)
 <							*waittime*
@@ -175,16 +159,10 @@ Use |ch_status()| to see if the channel could be opened.
 		actually uses a 1 msec timeout, that is required on many
 		systems.  Use a larger value for a remote server, e.g.  10
 		msec at least.
-
+							*channel-timeout*
 "timeout"	The time to wait for a request when blocking, E.g. when using
 		ch_evalexpr().  In milliseconds.  The default is 2000 (2
 		seconds).
-						*out-timeout* *err-timeout*
-"out-timeout"	Timeout for stdout.  Only when using pipes.
-"err-timeout"	Timeout for stderr.  Only when using pipes.
-		Note: when setting "timeout" the part specific mode is
-		overwritten.  Therefore set "timeout" first and the part
-		specific mode later.

 When "mode" is "json" or "js" the "callback" is optional.  When omitted it is
 only possible to receive a message after sending one.
@@ -212,6 +190,13 @@ pipes are used (stdin/stdout/stderr) they are all closed.  This might not be
 what you want!  Stopping the job with job_stop() might be better.
 All readahead is discarded, callbacks will no longer be invoked.

+Note that a channel is closed in three stages:
+  - The I/O ends, log message: "Closing channel". There can still be queued
+    messages to read or callbacks to invoke.
+  - The readahead is cleared, log message: "Clearing channel".  Some variables
+    may still reference the channel.
+  - The channel is freed, log message: "Freeing channel".
+
 When the channel can't be opened you will get an error message.  There is a
 difference between MS-Windows and Unix: On Unix when the port doesn't exist
 ch_open() fails quickly.  On MS-Windows "waittime" applies.
@@ -323,6 +308,9 @@ completion or error.  You could use functions in an |autoload| script:

 You can also use "call |feedkeys()|" to insert any key sequence.

+When there is an error a message is written to the channel log, if it exists,
+and v:errmsg is set to the error.
+

 Command "normal" ~

@@ -425,6 +413,23 @@ To read all output from a RAW channel that is available: >
 To read the error output: >
 	let output = ch_readraw(channel, {"part": "err"})

+ch_read() and ch_readraw() use the channel timeout.  When there is nothing to
+read within that time an empty string is returned.  To specify a different
+timeout in msec use the "timeout" option:
+	{"timeout": 123} ~
+To read from the error output use the "part" option:
+	{"part": "err"} ~
+To read a message with a specific ID, on a JS or JSON channel:
+	{"id": 99} ~
+When no ID is specified or the ID is -1, the first message is returned. This
+overrules any callback waiting for this message.
+
+For a RAW channel this returns whatever is available, since Vim does not know
+where a message ends.
+For a NL channel this returns one message.
+For a JS or JSON channel this returns one decoded message.
+This includes any sequence number.
+
 ==============================================================================
 8. Starting a job with a channel			*job-start* *job*

@@ -440,7 +445,7 @@ been received and not parsed correctly.

 If the command produces a line of output that you want to deal with, specify
 a handler for stdout: >
-    let job = job_start(command, {"out-cb": "MyHandler"})
+    let job = job_start(command, {"out_cb": "MyHandler"})
 The function will be called with the channel and a message. You would define
 it like this: >
    func MyHandler(channel, msg)
@@ -448,10 +453,10 @@ it like this: >
 Without the handler you need to read the output with |ch_read()| or
 |ch_readraw()|.

-The handler defined for "out-cb" will not receive stderr.  If you want to
-handle that separately, add an "err-cb" handler: >
-    let job = job_start(command, {"out-cb": "MyHandler",
-	    \			  "err-cb": "ErrHandler"})
+The handler defined for "out_cb" will not receive stderr.  If you want to
+handle that separately, add an "err_cb" handler: >
+    let job = job_start(command, {"out_cb": "MyHandler",
+	    \			  "err_cb": "ErrHandler"})

 If you want to handle both stderr and stdout with one handler use the
 "callback" option: >
@@ -463,7 +468,7 @@ JSON or JS mode you can use ch_evalexpr().
 There are several options you can use, see |job-options|.
 For example, to start a job and write its output in buffer "dummy": >
 	let logjob = job_start("tail -f /tmp/log",
-			     \ {'out-io': 'buffer', 'out-name': 'dummy'})
+			     \ {'out_io': 'buffer', 'out_name': 'dummy'})
 	sbuf dummy


@@ -471,16 +476,16 @@ Job input from a buffer ~

 To run a job that reads from a buffer: >
 	let job = job_start({command},
-	    \ {'in-io': 'buffer', 'in-name': 'mybuffer'})
+	    \ {'in_io': 'buffer', 'in_name': 'mybuffer'})
 <
 							*E915* *E918*
 The buffer is found by name, similar to |bufnr()|. The buffer must exist and
 be loaded when job_start() is called.

-By default this reads the whole buffer.  This can be changed with the "in-top"
-and "in-bot" options.
+By default this reads the whole buffer.  This can be changed with the "in_top"
+and "in_bot" options.

-A special mode is when "in-top" is set to zero and "in-bot" is not set: Every
+A special mode is when "in_top" is set to zero and "in_bot" is not set: Every
 time a line is added to the buffer, the last-but-one line will be send to the
 job stdin.  This allows for editing the last line and sending it when pressing
 Enter.
@@ -490,7 +495,7 @@ Enter.

 To start another process without creating a channel: >
    let job = job_start(command,
-    	\ {"in-io": "null", "out-io": "null", "err-io": "null"})
+    	\ {"in_io": "null", "out_io": "null", "err_io": "null"})

 This starts {command} in the background, Vim does not wait for it to finish.

@@ -521,24 +526,51 @@ job_setoptions(job, {options}).  Many options can be used with the channel
 related to the job, using ch_setoptions(channel, {options}).
 See |job_setoptions()| and |ch_setoptions()|.

+						*in_mode* *out_mode* *err_mode*
+"in_mode"		mode specifically for stdin, only when using pipes
+"out_mode"		mode specifically for stdout, only when using pipes
+"err_mode"		mode specifically for stderr, only when using pipes
+			See |channel-mode| for the values.
+
+			Note: when setting "mode" the part specific mode is
+			overwritten.  Therefore set "mode" first and the part
+			specific mode later.
+
+			Note: when writing to a file or buffer and when
+			reading from a buffer NL mode is used by default.
+
 						*job-callback*
 "callback": handler	Callback for something to read on any part of the
 			channel.
-						*job-out-cb*
-"out-cb": handler	Callback for when there is something to read on
-			stdout.
-						*job-err-cb*
-"err-cb": handler	Callback for when there is something to read on
-			stderr.
-						*job-close-cb*
-"close-cb": handler	Callback for when the channel is closed.  Same as
-			"close-cb" on ch_open().
-						*job-exit-cb*
-"exit-cb": handler	Callback for when the job ends.  The arguments are the
+						*job-out_cb* *out_cb*
+"out_cb": handler	Callback for when there is something to read on
+			stdout.  Only for when the channel uses pipes.  When
+			"out_cb" wasn't set the channel callback is used.
+
+						*job-err_cb* *err_cb*
+"err_cb": handler	Callback for when there is something to read on
+			stderr.  Only for when the channel uses pipes.  When
+			"err_cb" wasn't set the channel callback is used.
+						*job-close_cb*
+"close_cb": handler	Callback for when the channel is closed.  Same as
+			"close_cb" on ch_open().
+						*job-exit_cb*
+"exit_cb": handler	Callback for when the job ends.  The arguments are the
 			job and the exit status.
 			Vim checks about every 10 seconds for jobs that ended.
 			The callback can also be triggered by calling
 			|job_status()|.
+							*job-timeout*
+"timeout"		The time to wait for a request when blocking, E.g.
+			when using ch_evalexpr().  In milliseconds.  The
+			default is 2000 (2 seconds).
+						*out_timeout* *err_timeout*
+"out_timeout"		Timeout for stdout.  Only when using pipes.
+"err_timeout"		Timeout for stderr.  Only when using pipes.
+			Note: when setting "timeout" the part specific mode is
+			overwritten.  Therefore set "timeout" first and the
+			part specific mode later.
+
 						*job-stoponexit*
 "stoponexit": {signal}	Send {signal} to the job when Vim exits.  See
 			|job_stop()| for possible values.
@@ -557,37 +589,40 @@ See |job_setoptions()| and |ch_setoptions()|.
 			cause I/O errors.
 			Existing callbacks and other settings remain.

-				*job-in-io* *in-top* *in-bot* *in-name* *in-buf*
-"in-io": "null"		disconnect stdin (read from /dev/null)
-"in-io": "pipe"		stdin is connected to the channel (default)
-"in-io": "file"		stdin reads from a file
-"in-io": "buffer"	stdin reads from a buffer
-"in-top": number	when using "buffer": first line to send (default: 1)
-"in-bot": number	when using "buffer": last line to send (default: last)
-"in-name": "/path/file"	the name of the file or buffer to read from
-"in-buf": number	the number of the buffer to read from
+				*job-in_io* *in_top* *in_bot* *in_name* *in_buf*
+"in_io": "null"		disconnect stdin (read from /dev/null)
+"in_io": "pipe"		stdin is connected to the channel (default)
+"in_io": "file"		stdin reads from a file
+"in_io": "buffer"	stdin reads from a buffer
+"in_top": number	when using "buffer": first line to send (default: 1)
+"in_bot": number	when using "buffer": last line to send (default: last)
+"in_name": "/path/file"	the name of the file or buffer to read from
+"in_buf": number	the number of the buffer to read from

-				*job-out-io* *out-name* *out-buf*
-"out-io": "null"	disconnect stdout (goes to /dev/null)
-"out-io": "pipe"	stdout is connected to the channel (default)
-"out-io": "file"	stdout writes to a file
-"out-io": "buffer" 	stdout appends to a buffer
-"out-name": "/path/file" the name of the file or buffer to write to
-"out-buf": number	the number of the buffer to write to
+				*job-out_io* *out_name* *out_buf*
+"out_io": "null"	disconnect stdout (goes to /dev/null)
+"out_io": "pipe"	stdout is connected to the channel (default)
+"out_io": "file"	stdout writes to a file
+"out_io": "buffer" 	stdout appends to a buffer
+"out_name": "/path/file" the name of the file or buffer to write to
+"out_buf": number	the number of the buffer to write to

-				*job-err-io* *err-name* *err-buf*
-"err-io": "out"		stderr messages to go to stdout
-"err-io": "null"	disconnect stderr  (goes to /dev/null)
-"err-io": "pipe"	stderr is connected to the channel (default)
-"err-io": "file"	stderr writes to a file
-"err-io": "buffer" 	stderr appends to a buffer
-"err-name": "/path/file" the name of the file or buffer to write to
-"err-buf": number	the number of the buffer to write to
+				*job-err_io* *err_name* *err_buf*
+"err_io": "out"		stderr messages to go to stdout
+"err_io": "null"	disconnect stderr  (goes to /dev/null)
+"err_io": "pipe"	stderr is connected to the channel (default)
+"err_io": "file"	stderr writes to a file
+"err_io": "buffer" 	stderr appends to a buffer
+"err_name": "/path/file" the name of the file or buffer to write to
+"err_buf": number	the number of the buffer to write to
+
+"block_write": number	only for testing: pretend every other write to stdin
+			will block


 Writing to a buffer ~

-When the out-io or err-io mode is "buffer" and there is a callback, the text
+When the out_io or err_io mode is "buffer" and there is a callback, the text
 is appended to the buffer before invoking the callback.

 When a buffer is used both for input and output, the output lines are put
@@ -614,7 +649,7 @@ Undo is synced for every added line.


 Writing to a file ~
-
+							*E920*
 The file is created with permissions 600 (read-write for the user, not
 accessible for others).  Use |setfperm()| to change this.

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*editing.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Feb 16
+*editing.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 28


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ These are the common ones:
 To avoid the special meaning of the wildcards prepend a backslash.  However,
 on MS-Windows the backslash is a path separator and "path\[abc]" is still seen
 as a wildcard when "[" is in the 'isfname' option.  A simple way to avoid this
-is to use "path\[[]abc]".  Then the file "path[abc]" literally.
+is to use "path\[[]abc]", this matches the file "path\[abc]".

 					*starstar-wildcard*
 Expanding "**" is possible on Unix, Win32, Mac OS/X and a few other systems.
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*eval.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 12
+*eval.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 29


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -350,10 +350,6 @@ This works like: >
 	:   let index = index + 1
 	:endwhile

-Note that all items in the list should be of the same type, otherwise this
-results in error |E706|.  To avoid this |:unlet| the variable at the end of
-the loop.
-
 If all you want to do is modify each item in the list then the |map()|
 function will be a simpler method than a for loop.

@@ -757,20 +753,35 @@ recursively.  Ignoring case means case is ignored when comparing item values.

 							*E693* *E694*
 A |Funcref| can only be compared with a |Funcref| and only "equal" and "not
-equal" can be used.  Case is never ignored.
+equal" can be used.  Case is never ignored.  Whether arguments or a Dictionary
+are bound (with a partial) is ignored.  This is so that when a function is
+made a member of a Dictionary it is still considered to be the same function.
+To compare partials to see if they bind the same argument and Dictionary
+values use string(): >
+	echo string(Partial1) == string(Partial2)

 When using "is" or "isnot" with a |List| or a |Dictionary| this checks if the
 expressions are referring to the same |List| or |Dictionary| instance.  A copy
 of a |List| is different from the original |List|.  When using "is" without
 a |List| or a |Dictionary| it is equivalent to using "equal", using "isnot"
 equivalent to using "not equal".  Except that a different type means the
-values are different: "4 == '4'" is true, "4 is '4'" is false and "0 is []" is
-false and not an error. "is#"/"isnot#" and "is?"/"isnot?" can be used to match
-and ignore case.
+values are different: >
+	echo 4 == '4'
+	1
+	echo 4 is '4'
+	0
+	echo 0 is []
+	0
+"is#"/"isnot#" and "is?"/"isnot?" can be used to match and ignore case.

 When comparing a String with a Number, the String is converted to a Number,
-and the comparison is done on Numbers.	This means that "0 == 'x'" is TRUE,
-because 'x' converted to a Number is zero.
+and the comparison is done on Numbers.	This means that: >
+	echo 0 == 'x'
+	1
+because 'x' converted to a Number is zero.  However: >
+	echo [0] == ['x']
+	0
+Inside a List or Dictionary this conversion is not used.

 When comparing two Strings, this is done with strcmp() or stricmp().  This
 results in the mathematical difference (comparing byte values), not
@@ -1751,6 +1762,10 @@ v:version	Version number of Vim: Major version number times 100 plus
 		version 5.0 and 5.1 may have a patch 123, but these are
 		completely different.

+				*v:vim_did_enter* *vim_did_enter-variable*
+v:vim_did_enter	Zero until most of startup is done.  It is set to one just
+		before |VimEnter| autocommands are triggered.
+
 					*v:warningmsg* *warningmsg-variable*
 v:warningmsg	Last given warning message.  It's allowed to set this variable.

@@ -1786,10 +1801,13 @@ arglistid( [{winnr} [, {tabnr}]])
 				Number	argument list id
 argv( {nr})			String	{nr} entry of the argument list
 argv()				List	the argument list
-assert_equal( {exp}, {act} [, {msg}]) none  assert {exp} equals {act}
+assert_equal( {exp}, {act} [, {msg}]) none  assert {exp} is equal to {act}
 assert_exception( {error} [, {msg}])  none  assert {error} is in v:exception
 assert_fails( {cmd} [, {error}])      none  assert {cmd} fails
 assert_false( {actual} [, {msg}])     none  assert {actual} is false
+assert_match( {pat}, {text} [, {msg}]) none  assert {pat} matches {text}
+assert_notequal( {exp}, {act} [, {msg}]) none  assert {exp} is not equal {act}
+assert_notmatch( {pat}, {text} [, {msg}]) none  assert {pat} not matches {text}
 assert_true( {actual} [, {msg}])      none  assert {actual} is true
 asin( {expr})			Float	arc sine of {expr}
 atan( {expr})			Float	arc tangent of {expr}
@@ -1816,6 +1834,7 @@ ch_evalraw( {handle}, {string} [, {options}])
 				any	evaluate {string} on raw {handle}
 ch_getbufnr( {handle}, {what})	Number	get buffer number for {handle}/{what}
 ch_getjob( {channel})		Job	get the Job of {channel}
+ch_info( {handle})		String	info about channel  {handle}
 ch_log( {msg} [, {handle}])	none	write {msg} in the channel log file
 ch_logfile( {fname} [, {mode}])	none	start logging channel activity
 ch_open( {address} [, {options}]) Channel open a channel to {address}
@@ -1826,7 +1845,7 @@ ch_sendexpr( {handle}, {expr} [, {options}])
 ch_sendraw( {handle}, {string} [, {options}])
 				any	send {string} over raw {handle}
 ch_setoptions( {handle}, {options})  none  set options for {handle}
-ch_status( {handle})		String	status of  {handle}
+ch_status( {handle})		String	status of channel  {handle}
 changenr()			Number	current change number
 char2nr( {expr}[, {utf8}])	Number	ASCII/UTF8 value of first char in {expr}
 cindent( {lnum})		Number	C indent for line {lnum}
@@ -1885,7 +1904,8 @@ foldlevel( {lnum})		Number	fold level at {lnum}
 foldtext()			String	line displayed for closed fold
 foldtextresult( {lnum})		String	text for closed fold at {lnum}
 foreground()			Number	bring the Vim window to the foreground
-function( {name})		Funcref reference to function {name}
+function({name} [, {arglist}] [, {dict}])
+				Funcref reference to function {name}
 garbagecollect( [{atexit}])	none	free memory, breaking cyclic references
 get( {list}, {idx} [, {def}])	any	get item {idx} from {list} or {def}
 get( {dict}, {key} [, {def}])	any	get item {key} from {dict} or {def}
@@ -2002,6 +2022,8 @@ matchlist( {expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]])
 				List	match and submatches of {pat} in {expr}
 matchstr( {expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]])
 				String	{count}'th match of {pat} in {expr}
+matchstrpos( {expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]])
+				List	{count}'th match of {pat} in {expr}
 max( {list})			Number	maximum value of items in {list}
 min( {list})			Number	minimum value of items in {list}
 mkdir( {name} [, {path} [, {prot}]])
@@ -2122,9 +2144,12 @@ tabpagewinnr( {tabarg}[, {arg}])
 				Number	number of current window in tab page
 taglist( {expr})		List	list of tags matching {expr}
 tagfiles()			List	tags files used
-tempname()			String	name for a temporary file
 tan( {expr})			Float	tangent of {expr}
 tanh( {expr})			Float	hyperbolic tangent of {expr}
+tempname()			String	name for a temporary file
+timer_start( {time}, {callback} [, {options}])
+				Number	create a timer
+timer_stop( {timer})		none	stop a timer
 tolower( {expr})		String	the String {expr} switched to lowercase
 toupper( {expr})		String	the String {expr} switched to uppercase
 tr( {src}, {fromstr}, {tostr})	String	translate chars of {src} in {fromstr}
@@ -2139,6 +2164,11 @@ values( {dict})			List	values in {dict}
 virtcol( {expr})		Number	screen column of cursor or mark
 visualmode( [expr])		String	last visual mode used
 wildmenumode()			Number	whether 'wildmenu' mode is active
+win_findbuf( {bufnr}) 		List	find windows containing {bufnr}
+win_getid( [{win} [, {tab}]]) 	Number	get window ID for {win} in {tab}
+win_gotoid( {expr})		Number	go to window with ID {expr}
+win_id2tabwin( {expr})		List	get tab and window nr from window ID
+win_id2win( {expr})		Number	get window nr from window ID
 winbufnr( {nr})			Number	buffer number of window {nr}
 wincol()			Number	window column of the cursor
 winheight( {nr})		Number	height of window {nr}
@@ -2290,6 +2320,36 @@ assert_false({actual} [, {msg}])				*assert_false()*
 		When {msg} is omitted an error in the form "Expected False but
 		got {actual}" is produced.

+								*assert_match()*
+assert_match({pattern}, {actual} [, {msg}])
+		When {pattern} does not match {actual} an error message is
+		added to |v:errors|.
+
+		{pattern} is used as with |=~|: The matching is always done
+		like 'magic' was set and 'cpoptions' is empty, no matter what
+		the actual value of 'magic' or 'cpoptions' is.
+
+		{actual} is used as a string, automatic conversion applies.
+		Use "^" and "$" to match with the start and end of the text.
+		Use both to match the whole text.
+
+		When {msg} is omitted an error in the form "Pattern {pattern}
+		does not match {actual}" is produced.
+		Example: >
+	assert_match('^f.*o$', 'foobar')
+<		Will result in a string to be added to |v:errors|:
+	test.vim line 12: Pattern '^f.*o$' does not match 'foobar' ~
+
+							*assert_notequal()*
+assert_notequal({expected}, {actual} [, {msg}])
+		The opposite of `assert_equal()`: add an error message to
+		|v:errors| when {expected} and {actual} are equal.
+
+							*assert_notmatch()*
+assert_notmatch({pattern}, {actual} [, {msg}])
+		The opposite of `assert_match()`: add an error message to
+		|v:errors| when {pattern} matches {actual}.
+
 assert_true({actual} [, {msg}])					*assert_true()*
 		When {actual} is not true an error message is added to
 		|v:errors|, like with |assert_equal()|.
@@ -2691,13 +2751,6 @@ ch_close({handle})						*ch_close()*
 		Close {handle}.  See |channel-close|.
 		{handle} can be Channel or a Job that has a Channel.

-		Note that a channel is closed in three stages:
-		  - The I/O ends, log message: "Closing channel". There can
-		    still be queued messages to read or callbacks to invoke.
-		  - The readahead is cleared, log message: "Clearing channel".
-		    Some variables may still reference the channel.
-		  - The channel is freed, log message: "Freeing channel".
-
 		{only available when compiled with the |+channel| feature}

 ch_evalexpr({handle}, {expr} [, {options}])			*ch_evalexpr()*
@@ -2707,7 +2760,8 @@ ch_evalexpr({handle}, {expr} [, {options}])			*ch_evalexpr()*
 		{handle} can be Channel or a Job that has a Channel.
 								*E917*
 		{options} must be a Dictionary.  It must not have a "callback"
-		entry.  It can have a "timeout" entry.
+		entry.  It can have a "timeout" entry to specify the timeout
+		for this specific request.

 		ch_evalexpr() waits for a response and returns the decoded
 		expression.  When there is an error or timeout it returns an
@@ -2744,6 +2798,32 @@ ch_getjob({channel})						*ch_getjob()*
 		{only available when compiled with the |+channel| and
 		|+job| features}

+ch_info({handle})						*ch_info()*
+		Returns a Dictionary with information about {handle}.  The
+		items are:
+		   "id"		  number of the channel
+		   "status"	  "open" (any part is open) or "closed"
+		When opened with ch_open():
+		   "hostname"	  the hostname of the address
+		   "port"	  the port of the address
+		   "sock_status"  "open" or "closed"
+		   "sock_mode"	  "NL", "RAW", "JSON" or "JS"
+		   "sock_io"	  "socket"
+		   "sock_timeout" timeout in msec
+		When opened with job_start():
+		   "out_status"	  "open" or "closed"
+		   "out_mode"	  "NL", "RAW", "JSON" or "JS"
+		   "out_io"	  "null", "pipe", "file" or "buffer"
+		   "out_timeout"  timeout in msec
+		   "err_status"	  "open" or "closed"
+		   "err_mode"	  "NL", "RAW", "JSON" or "JS"
+		   "err_io"	  "out", "null", "pipe", "file" or "buffer"
+		   "err_timeout"  timeout in msec
+		   "in_status"	  "open" or "closed"
+		   "in_mode"	  "NL", "RAW", "JSON" or "JS"
+		   "in_io"	  "null", "pipe", "file" or "buffer"
+		   "in_timeout"	  timeout in msec
+
 ch_log({msg} [, {handle}])					*ch_log()*
 		Write {msg} in the channel log file, if it was opened with
 		|ch_logfile()|.
@@ -2765,65 +2845,34 @@ ch_logfile({fname} [, {mode}])					*ch_logfile()*

 ch_open({address} [, {options}])				*ch_open()*
 		Open a channel to {address}.  See |channel|.
-		Returns a Channel.  Use |ch_status()| to check for
-		failure.
+		Returns a Channel.  Use |ch_status()| to check for failure.

 		{address} has the form "hostname:port", e.g.,
 		"localhost:8765".

-		If {options} is given it must be a |Dictionary|.  The optional
-		items are:
-			mode        "raw", "js" or "json".
-				    Default "json".
-			callback    function to call for requests with a zero
-				    sequence number.  See |channel-callback|.
-				    Default: none.
-			waittime    Specify connect timeout as milliseconds.
-				    Negative means forever.
-				    Default: 0 (don't wait)
-			timeout	    Specify response read timeout value in
-				    milliseconds. 
-				    Default: 2000.
+		If {options} is given it must be a |Dictionary|.
+		See |channel-open-options|.
+
 		{only available when compiled with the |+channel| feature}

 ch_read({handle} [, {options}])					*ch_read()*
 		Read from {handle} and return the received message.
 		{handle} can be Channel or a Job that has a Channel.
-
-		This uses the channel timeout.  When there is nothing to read
-		within that time an empty string is returned.  To specify a
-		different timeout in msec use the "timeout" option:
-			{"timeout": 123} ~
-		To read from the error output use the "part" option:
-			{"part": "err"} ~
-		To read a message with a specific ID, on a JS or JSON channel:
-			{"id": 99} ~
-		When no ID is specified or the ID is -1, the first message is
-		returned. This overrules any callback waiting for this
-		message.
-
-		For a RAW channel this returns whatever is available, since
-		Vim does not know where a message ends.
-		For a NL channel this returns one message.
-		For a JS or JSON channel this returns one decoded message.
-		This includes any sequence number.
+		See |channel-more|.
+		{only available when compiled with the |+channel| feature}

 ch_readraw({handle} [, {options}])			*ch_readraw()*
 		Like ch_read() but for a JS and JSON channel does not decode
-		the message.
+		the message.  See |channel-more|.
+		{only available when compiled with the |+channel| feature}

 ch_sendexpr({handle}, {expr} [, {options}])			*ch_sendexpr()*
 		Send {expr} over {handle}.  The {expr} is encoded
 		according to the type of channel.  The function cannot be used
-		with a raw channel.  See |channel-use|. *E912*
+		with a raw channel.
+		See |channel-use|.				*E912*
 		{handle} can be Channel or a Job that has a Channel.

-		{options} must be a Dictionary.  The "callback" item is a
-		Funcref or the name of a function it is invoked when the
-		response is received.  See |channel-callback|.
-		Without "callback" the channel handler is invoked, otherwise
-		any received message is dropped.
-
 		{only available when compiled with the |+channel| feature}

 ch_sendraw({handle}, {string} [, {options}])		*ch_sendraw()*
@@ -3553,9 +3602,68 @@ foreground()	Move the Vim window to the foreground.	Useful when sent from
 		Win32 console version}


-function({name})					*function()* *E700*
+					*function()* *E700* *E922* *E923*
+function({name} [, {arglist}] [, {dict}])
 		Return a |Funcref| variable that refers to function {name}.
-		{name} can be a user defined function or an internal function.
+		{name} can be the name of a user defined function or an
+		internal function.
+
+		{name} can also be a Funcref, also a partial.  When it is a
+		partial the dict stored in it will be used and the {dict}
+		argument is not allowed. E.g.: >
+			let FuncWithArg = function(dict.Func, [arg])
+			let Broken = function(dict.Func, [arg], dict)
+<
+		When {arglist} or {dict} is present this creates a partial.
+		That mans the argument list and/or the dictionary is stored in
+		the Funcref and will be used when the Funcref is called.
+		
+		The arguments are passed to the function in front of other
+		arguments.  Example: >
+			func Callback(arg1, arg2, name)
+			...
+			let Func = function('Callback', ['one', 'two'])
+			...
+			call Func('name')
+<		Invokes the function as with: >
+			call Callback('one', 'two', 'name')
+
+<		The function() call can be nested to add more arguments to the
+		Funcref.  The extra arguments are appended to the list of
+		arguments.  Example: >
+			func Callback(arg1, arg2, name)
+			...
+			let Func = function('Callback', ['one'])
+			let Func2 = function(Func, ['two'])
+			...
+			call Func2('name')
+<		Invokes the function as with: >
+			call Callback('one', 'two', 'name')
+
+<		The Dictionary is only useful when calling a "dict" function.
+		In that case the {dict} is passed in as "self". Example: >
+			function Callback() dict
+			   echo "called for " . self.name
+			endfunction
+			...
+			let context = {"name": "example"}
+			let Func = function('Callback', context)
+			...
+			call Func()	" will echo: called for example
+<		The use of function() is not needed when there are no extra
+		arguments, these two are equivalent: >
+			let Func = function('Callback', context)
+			let Func = context.Callback
+
+<		The argument list and the Dictionary can be combined: >
+			function Callback(arg1, count) dict
+			...
+			let context = {"name": "example"}
+			let Func = function('Callback', ['one'], context)
+			...
+			call Func(500)
+<		Invokes the function as with: >
+			call context.Callback('one', 500)


 garbagecollect([{atexit}])				*garbagecollect()*
@@ -4471,13 +4579,13 @@ job_info({job})						*job_info()*
 		   "status"	what |job_status()| returns
 		   "channel"	what |job_getchannel()| returns
 		   "exitval"	only valid when "status" is "dead"
-		   "exit-cb"	function to be called on exit
+		   "exit_cb"	function to be called on exit
 		   "stoponexit"	|job-stoponexit|

 job_setoptions({job}, {options})			*job_setoptions()*
 		Change options for {job}.  Supported are:
 		   "stoponexit"	|job-stoponexit|
-		   "exit-cb"	|job-exit-cb|
+		   "exit_cb"	|job-exit_cb|

 job_start({command} [, {options}])			*job_start()*
 		Start a job and return a Job object.  Unlike |system()| and
@@ -5110,6 +5218,24 @@ matchstr({expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]])			*matchstr()*
 			:echo matchstr("testing", "ing", 5)
 <		result is "".
 		When {expr} is a |List| then the matching item is returned.
+		The type isn't changed, it's not necessarily a String.
+
+matchstrpos({expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]])		*matchstrpos()*
+		Same as |matchstr()|, but return the matched string, the start
+		position and the end position of the match.  Example: >
+			:echo matchstrpos("testing", "ing")
+<		results in ["ing", 4, 7].
+		When there is no match ["", -1, -1] is returned.
+		The {start}, if given, has the same meaning as for |match()|. >
+			:echo matchstrpos("testing", "ing", 2)
+<		results in ["ing", 4, 7]. >
+			:echo matchstrpos("testing", "ing", 5)
+<		result is ["", -1, -1].
+		When {expr} is a |List| then the matching item, the index
+		of first item where {pat} matches, the start position and the
+		end position of the match are returned. >
+			:echo matchstrpos([1, '__x'], '\a')
+<		result is ["x", 1, 2, 3].
 		The type isn't changed, it's not necessarily a String.

 							*max()*
@@ -6565,13 +6691,17 @@ string({expr})	Return {expr} converted to a String.  If {expr} is a Number,
 		Float, String or a composition of them, then the result can be
 		parsed back with |eval()|.
 			{expr} type	result ~
-			String		'string'
+			String		'string' (single quotes are doubled)
 			Number		123
 			Float		123.123456 or 1.123456e8
 			Funcref		function('name')
 			List		[item, item]
 			Dictionary	{key: value, key: value}
-		Note that in String values the ' character is doubled.
+
+		When a List or Dictionary has a recursive reference it is
+		replaced by "[...]" or "{...}".  Using eval() on the result
+		will then fail.
+
 		Also see |strtrans()|.

 							*strlen()*
@@ -6845,8 +6975,7 @@ systemlist({expr} [, {input}])				*systemlist()*
 		is the same as |readfile()| will output with {binary} argument 
 		set to "b".

-		Returns an empty string on error, so be careful not to run 
-		into |E706|.
+		Returns an empty string on error.


 tabpagebuflist([{arg}])					*tabpagebuflist()*
@@ -6962,6 +7091,37 @@ tanh({expr})						*tanh()*
 		{only available when compiled with the |+float| feature}


+							*timer_start()*
+timer_start({time}, {callback} [, {options}])
+		Create a timer and return the timer ID.
+
+		{time} is the waiting time in milliseconds. This is the
+		minimum time before invoking the callback.  When the system is
+		busy or Vim is not waiting for input the time will be longer.
+
+		{callback} is the function to call.  It can be the name of a
+		function or a Funcref.  It is called with one argument, which
+		is the timer ID.  The callback is only invoked when Vim is
+		waiting for input.
+
+		{options} is a dictionary.  Supported entries:
+		   "repeat"	Number of times to repeat calling the
+		   		callback.  -1 means forever.
+
+		Example: >
+			func MyHandler(timer)
+			  echo 'Handler called'
+			endfunc
+			let timer = timer_start(500, 'MyHandler',
+				\ {'repeat': 3})
+<		This will invoke MyHandler() three times at 500 msec
+		intervals.
+		{only available when compiled with the |+timers| feature}
+
+timer_stop({timer})					*timer_stop()*
+		Stop a timer.  {timer} is an ID returned by timer_start().
+		The timer callback will no longer be invoked.
+
 tolower({expr})						*tolower()*
 		The result is a copy of the String given, with all uppercase
 		characters turned into lowercase (just like applying |gu| to
@@ -7162,6 +7322,33 @@ wildmenumode()					*wildmenumode()*
 		(Note, this needs the 'wildcharm' option set appropriately).


+win_findbuf({bufnr})					*win_findbuf()*
+		Returns a list with window IDs for windows that contain buffer
+		{bufnr}.  When there is none the list is empty.
+
+win_getid([{win} [, {tab}]])				*win_getid()*
+		Get the window ID for the specified window.
+		When {win} is missing use the current window.
+		With {win} this is the window number.  The top window has
+		number 1.
+		Without {tab} use the current tab, otherwise the tab with
+		number {tab}.  The first tab has number one.
+		Return zero if the window cannot be found.
+
+win_gotoid({expr})					*win_gotoid()*
+		Go to window with ID {expr}.  This may also change the current
+		tabpage.
+		Return 1 if successful, 0 if the window cannot be found.
+
+win_id2tabwin({expr}					*win_id2tabwin()*
+		Return a list with the tab number and window number of window
+		with ID {expr}: [tabnr, winnr].
+		Return [0, 0] if the window cannot be found.
+
+win_id2win({expr})					*win_id2win()*
+		Return the window number of window with ID {expr}.
+		Return 0 if the window cannot be found in the current tabpage.
+
 							*winbufnr()*
 winbufnr({nr})	The result is a Number, which is the number of the buffer
 		associated with window {nr}.  When {nr} is zero, the number of
@@ -7494,6 +7681,7 @@ termresponse		Compiled with support for |t_RV| and |v:termresponse|.
 textobjects		Compiled with support for |text-objects|.
 tgetent			Compiled with tgetent support, able to use a termcap
 			or terminfo file.
+timers			Compiled with |timer_start()| support.
 title			Compiled with window title support |'title'|.
 toolbar			Compiled with support for |gui-toolbar|.
 transparency            Compiled with 'transparency' support.
@@ -7501,6 +7689,7 @@ unix			Unix version of Vim.
 user_commands		User-defined commands.
 vertsplit		Compiled with vertically split windows |:vsplit|.
 vim_starting		True while initial source'ing takes place. |startup|
+			*vim_starting*
 viminfo			Compiled with viminfo support.
 virtualedit		Compiled with 'virtualedit' option.
 visual			Compiled with Visual mode.
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*helphelp.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Sep 19
+*helphelp.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 28


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -197,6 +197,9 @@ command: >
 				*E154* *E150* *E151* *E152* *E153* *E670*
 :helpt[ags] [++t] {dir}
 			Generate the help tags file(s) for directory {dir}.
+			When {dir} is ALL then all "doc" directories in
+			'runtimepath' will be used.
+
 			All "*.txt" and "*.??x" files in the directory and
 			sub-directories are scanned for a help tag definition
 			in between stars.  The "*.??x" files are for
@@ -205,9 +208,11 @@ command: >
 			sorted.
 			When there are duplicates an error message is given.
 			An existing tags file is silently overwritten.
+
 			The optional "++t" argument forces adding the
 			"help-tags" tag.  This is also done when the {dir} is
 			equal to $VIMRUNTIME/doc.
+
 			To rebuild the help tags in the runtime directory
 			(requires write permission there): >
 				:helptags $VIMRUNTIME/doc
@@ -258,7 +263,9 @@ The second one finds the English user manual, even when 'helplang' is set to

 When using command-line completion for the ":help" command, the "@en"
 extension is only shown when a tag exists for multiple languages.  When the
-tag only exists for English "@en" is omitted.
+tag only exists for English "@en" is omitted.  When the first candidate has an
+"@ab" extension and it matches the first language in 'helplang' "@ab" is also
+omitted.

 When using |CTRL-]| or ":help!" in a non-English help file Vim will try to
 find the tag in the same language.  If not found then 'helplang' will be used
@@ -410,13 +410,20 @@ This means that Vim will search for the Lua DLL or shared library file only
 when needed.  When you don't use the Lua interface you don't need it, thus
 you can use Vim without this file.

-On MS-Windows to use the Lua interface the Lua DLL must be in your search path.
-In a console window type "path" to see what directories are used.  The version
-of the DLL must match the Lua version Vim was compiled with.

-On Unix the 'luadll' option can be used to specify the Lua shared library file
-instead of DYNAMIC_LUA_DLL file what was specified at compile time.  The
-version of the shared library must match the Lua version Vim was compiled with.
+MS-Windows ~
+
+To use the Lua interface the Lua DLL must be in your search path.  In a
+console window type "path" to see what directories are used.  The 'luadll'
+option can be also used to specify the Lua DLL.  The version of the DLL must
+match the Lua version Vim was compiled with.
+
+
+Unix ~
+
+The 'luadll' option can be used to specify the Lua shared library file instead
+of DYNAMIC_LUA_DLL file what was specified at compile time.  The version of
+the shared library must match the Lua version Vim was compiled with.


 ==============================================================================
@@ -284,7 +284,8 @@ used for building Vim.
 To use the Perl interface the Perl DLL must be in your search path.
 If Vim reports it cannot find the perl512.dll, make sure your $PATH includes
 the directory where it is located.  The Perl installer normally does that.
-In a console window type "path" to see what directories are used.
+In a console window type "path" to see what directories are used.  The
+'perldll' option can be also used to specify the Perl DLL.

 The name of the DLL must match the Perl version Vim was compiled with.
 Currently the name is "perl512.dll".  That is for Perl 5.12.  To know for
@@ -686,18 +686,24 @@ This means that Vim will search for the Python DLL or shared library file only
 when needed.  When you don't use the Python interface you don't need it, thus
 you can use Vim without this file.

-On MS-Windows to use the Python interface the Python DLL must be in your search
-path.  In a console window type "path" to see what directories are used.
+
+MS-Windows ~
+
+To use the Python interface the Python DLL must be in your search path.  In a
+console window type "path" to see what directories are used.  The 'pythondll'
+or 'pythonthreedll' option can be also used to specify the Python DLL.

 The name of the DLL must match the Python version Vim was compiled with.
 Currently the name is "python24.dll".  That is for Python 2.4.  To know for
 sure edit "gvim.exe" and search for "python\d*.dll\c".

-On Unix the 'pythondll' or 'pythonthreedll' option can be used to specify the
-Python shared library file instead of DYNAMIC_PYTHON_DLL or
-DYNAMIC_PYTHON3_DLL file what were specified at compile time.  The version of
-the shared library must match the Python 2.x or Python 3 version Vim was
-compiled with.
+
+Unix ~
+
+The 'pythondll' or 'pythonthreedll' option can be used to specify the Python
+shared library file instead of DYNAMIC_PYTHON_DLL or DYNAMIC_PYTHON3_DLL file
+what were specified at compile time.  The version of the shared library must
+match the Python 2.x or Python 3 version Vim was compiled with.

 ==============================================================================
 10. Python 3						*python3*
@@ -199,6 +199,7 @@ This means that Vim will search for the Ruby DLL file or shared library only
 when needed.  When you don't use the Ruby interface you don't need it, thus
 you can use Vim even though this library file is not on your system.

+
 MS-Windows ~

 You need to install the right version of Ruby for this to work.  You can find
@@ -207,7 +208,8 @@ http://www.garbagecollect.jp/ruby/mswin32/en/download/release.html
 Currently that is ruby-1.9.1-p429-i386-mswin32.zip

 To use the Ruby interface the Ruby DLL must be in your search path.  In a
-console window type "path" to see what directories are used.
+console window type "path" to see what directories are used.  The 'rubydll'
+option can be also used to specify the Ruby DLL.

 The name of the DLL must match the Ruby version Vim was compiled with.
 Currently the name is "msvcrt-ruby191.dll".  That is for Ruby 1.9.1.  To know
@@ -218,6 +220,7 @@ and comment-out the check for _MSC_VER.
 You may also need to rename the include directory name to match the version,
 strangely for Ruby 1.9.3 the directory is called 1.9.1.

+
 Unix ~

 The 'rubydll' option can be used to specify the Ruby shared library file
@@ -526,7 +526,8 @@ can use Vim without this file.
 MS-Windows ~

 To use the Tcl interface the Tcl DLL must be in your search path.  In a
-console window type "path" to see what directories are used.
+console window type "path" to see what directories are used.  The 'tcldll'
+option can be also used to specify the Tcl DLL.

 The name of the DLL must match the Tcl version Vim was compiled with.
 Currently the name is "tcl86.dll".  That is for Tcl 8.6.  To know for sure
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*index.txt*     For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 04
+*index.txt*     For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 12


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1397,6 +1397,7 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 |:ounmenu|	:ounme[nu]	remove menu for Operator-pending mode
 |:ownsyntax|	:ow[nsyntax]	set new local syntax highlight for this window
 |:packadd|	:pa[ckadd]	add a plugin from 'packpath'
+|:packloadall|	:packl[oadall]	load all packages under 'packpath'
 |:pclose|	:pc[lose]	close preview window
 |:pedit|	:ped[it]	edit file in the preview window
 |:perl|		:pe[rl]		execute Perl command
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*options.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 08
+*options.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Apr 03


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ achieve special effects.  These options come in three forms:
 :se[t] {option}:{value}
 			Set string or number option to {value}.
 			For numeric options the value can be given in decimal,
- 			hex (preceded with 0x) or octal (preceded with '0').
+			hex (preceded with 0x) or octal (preceded with '0').
 			The old value can be inserted by typing 'wildchar' (by
 			default this is a <Tab> or CTRL-E if 'compatible' is
 			set).  See |cmdline-completion|.
@@ -1007,7 +1007,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	- The backup file will be created in the first directory in the list
 	  where this is possible.  The directory must exist, Vim will not
 	  create it for you.
-	- Empty means that no backup file will be created ( 'patchmode' is
+	- Empty means that no backup file will be created ('patchmode' is
 	  impossible!).  Writing may fail because of this.
 	- A directory "." means to put the backup file in the same directory
 	  as the edited file.
@@ -1075,7 +1075,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.

 	Note that environment variables are not expanded.  If you want to use
 	$HOME you must expand it explicitly, e.g.: >
-		:let backupskip = escape(expand('$HOME'), '\') . '/tmp/*'
+		:let &backupskip = escape(expand('$HOME'), '\') . '/tmp/*'

 <	Note that the default also makes sure that "crontab -e" works (when a
 	backup would be made by renaming the original file crontab won't see
@@ -1258,7 +1258,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	break if 'linebreak' is on.  Only works for ASCII and also for 8-bit
 	characters when 'encoding' is an 8-bit encoding.

-				*'breakindent'* *'bri'* *'nobreakindent'* *'nobri'*
+			*'breakindent'* *'bri'* *'nobreakindent'* *'nobri'*
 'breakindent' 'bri'	boolean (default off)
 			local to window
 			{not in Vi}
@@ -1805,7 +1805,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	when CTRL-P or CTRL-N are used.  It is also used for whole-line
 	completion |i_CTRL-X_CTRL-L|.  It indicates the type of completion
 	and the places to scan.  It is a comma separated list of flags:
-	.	scan the current buffer ( 'wrapscan' is ignored)
+	.	scan the current buffer ('wrapscan' is ignored)
 	w	scan buffers from other windows
 	b	scan other loaded buffers that are in the buffer list
 	u	scan the unloaded buffers that are in the buffer list
@@ -2305,6 +2305,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			different.  The whole undo file is encrypted, not just
 			the pieces of text.

+	You should use "blowfish2", also to re-encrypt older files.
+
 	When reading an encrypted file 'cryptmethod' will be set automatically
 	to the detected method of the file being read.  Thus if you write it
 	without changing 'cryptmethod' the same method will be used.
@@ -2657,6 +2659,15 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	also 'gdefault' option.
 	Switching this option on is discouraged!

+						*'emoji'* *'emo'*
+'emoji' 'emo'	boolean (default: on)
+			global
+			{not in Vi}
+			{only available when compiled with the |+multi_byte|
+			feature}
+	When on all Unicode emoji characters are considered to be full width.
+
+
 					*'encoding'* *'enc'* *E543*
 'encoding' 'enc'	string (default: "latin1" or value from $LANG)
 			global
@@ -3034,8 +3045,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	  file only, the option is not changed.
 	When 'binary' is set, the value of 'fileformats' is not used.

-	Note that when Vim starts up with an empty buffer this option is not
-	used.  Set 'fileformat' in your .vimrc instead.
+	When Vim starts up with an empty buffer the first item is used.  You
+	can overrule this by setting 'fileformat' in your .vimrc.

 	For systems with a Dos-like <EOL> (<CR><NL>), when reading files that
 	are ":source"ed and for vimrc files, automatic <EOL> detection may be
@@ -3724,6 +3735,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		      HANGEUL, HEBREW, JOHAB, MAC, OEM, RUSSIAN, SHIFTJIS,
 		      SYMBOL, THAI, TURKISH, VIETNAMESE ANSI and BALTIC.
 		      Normally you would use "cDEFAULT".
+		qXX - quality XX.  Valid charsets are: PROOF, DRAFT,
+		      ANTIALIASED, UNANTIALIASED, CLEARTYPE, DEFAULT.
+		      Normally you would use "qDEFAULT".
+		      Some quality values isn't supported in legacy OSs.

 	  Use a ':' to separate the options.
 	- A '_' can be used in the place of a space, so you don't need to use
@@ -3839,7 +3854,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		The same applies to the modeless selection.
 								*'go-P'*
 	  'P'	Like autoselect but using the "+ register instead of the "*
-	  	register.
+		register.
 								*'go-A'*
 	  'A'	Autoselect for the modeless selection.  Like 'a', but only
 		applies to the modeless selection.
@@ -4951,7 +4966,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	reset this option. |-u| |--noplugin|

 						*'luadll'*
-'luadll' 		string	(default depends on the build)
+'luadll'		string	(default depends on the build)
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
 			{only available when compiled with the |+lua/dyn|
@@ -5242,6 +5257,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	   written.  A ":set nomodified" command also resets the original
 	   values to the current values and the 'modified' option will be
 	   reset.
+	   Similarly for 'eol' and 'bomb'.
 	This option is not set when a change is made to the buffer as the
 	result of a BufNewFile, BufRead/BufReadPost, BufWritePost,
 	FileAppendPost or VimLeave autocommand event.  See |gzip-example| for
@@ -5434,7 +5450,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	respectively; see |CTRL-A| for more info on these commands.
 	alpha	If included, single alphabetical characters will be
 		incremented or decremented.  This is useful for a list with a
-		letter index a), b), etc.	  	*octal-nrformats*
+		letter index a), b), etc.		*octal-nrformats*
 	octal	If included, numbers that start with a zero will be considered
 		to be octal.  Example: Using CTRL-A on "007" results in "010".
 	hex	If included, numbers starting with "0x" or "0X" will be
@@ -5464,7 +5480,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	relative to the cursor.  Together with 'number' there are these
 	four combinations (cursor in line 3):

-              	'nonu'          'nu'            'nonu'          'nu'
+		'nonu'          'nu'            'nonu'          'nu'
 		'nornu'         'nornu'         'rnu'           'rnu'

 	    |apple          |  1 apple      |  2 apple      |  2 apple
@@ -5703,7 +5719,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	this doesn't work when $INCL contains a comma or white space.

 						*'perldll'*
-'perldll' 		string	(default depends on the build)
+'perldll'		string	(default depends on the build)
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
 			{only available when compiled with the |+perl/dyn|
@@ -5840,7 +5856,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	|ins-completion-menu|.

 						*'pythondll'*
-'pythondll' 		string	(default depends on the build)
+'pythondll'		string	(default depends on the build)
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
 			{only available when compiled with the |+python/dyn|
@@ -6081,7 +6097,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	The 'rightleft' option must be set for 'rightleftcmd' to take effect.

 						*'rubydll'*
-'rubydll' 		string	(default: depends on the build)
+'rubydll'		string	(default: depends on the build)
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
 			{only available when compiled with the |+ruby/dyn|
@@ -6669,7 +6685,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	  c	don't give |ins-completion-menu| messages.  For example,
 		"-- XXX completion (YYY)", "match 1 of 2", "The only match",
 		"Pattern not found", "Back at original", etc.
-	  q     use "recording" instead of "recording @a"
+	  q	use "recording" instead of "recording @a"
+	  F	don't give the file info when editing a file, like `:silent`
+		was used for the command

 	This gives you the opportunity to avoid that a change between buffers
 	requires you to hit <Enter>, but still gives as useful a message as
@@ -7573,7 +7591,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	mapping which should not change the tagstack.

 						*'tcldll'*
-'tcldll' 		string	(default depends on the build)
+'tcldll'		string	(default depends on the build)
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
 			{only available when compiled with the |+tcl/dyn|
@@ -7629,7 +7647,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			{not in Vi}
 	Encoding used for the terminal.  This specifies what character
 	encoding the keyboard produces and the display will understand.  For
-	the GUI it only applies to the keyboard ( 'encoding' is used for the
+	the GUI it only applies to the keyboard ('encoding' is used for the
 	display).  Except for the Mac when 'macatsui' is off, then
 	'termencoding' should be "macroman" (for the Carbon GUI).
 	In the Win32 console version the default value is the console codepage
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_beos.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2010 Aug 14
+*os_beos.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 28


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -248,8 +248,9 @@ reality.  Vim uses this mapping:
    Button 3 -> MiddleMouse.

 If your mouse has fewer than 3 buttons you can provide your own mapping from
-mouse clicks with modifier(s) to other mouse buttons.  See the file
-vim-5.x/macros/swapmous.vim for an example.		|gui-mouse-mapping|
+mouse clicks with modifier(s) to other mouse buttons.  See the swapmouse
+package for an example:					 |gui-mouse-mapping|
+$VIMRUNTIME/pack/dist/opt/swapmouse/plugin/swapmouse.vim


 12. Color names						*beos-colors*
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Jan 21
+*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 23


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -56,6 +56,14 @@ The following quickfix commands can be used.  The location list commands are
 similar to the quickfix commands, replacing the 'c' prefix in the quickfix
 command with 'l'.

+							*E924*
+If the current window was closed by an |autocommand| while processing a
+location list command, it will be aborted.
+
+							*E925* *E926*
+If the current quickfix or location list was changed by an |autocommand| while
+processing a quickfix or location list command, it will be aborted.
+
 							*:cc*
 :cc[!] [nr]		Display error [nr].  If [nr] is omitted, the same
 			error is displayed again.  Without [!] this doesn't
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 09
+*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 27


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -8,13 +8,14 @@ Repeating commands, Vim scripts and debugging			*repeating*

 Chapter 26 of the user manual introduces repeating |usr_26.txt|.

-1. Single repeats	|single-repeat|
-2. Multiple repeats	|multi-repeat|
-3. Complex repeats	|complex-repeat|
-4. Using Vim scripts	|using-scripts|
-5. Using Vim packages	|packages|
-6. Debugging scripts	|debug-scripts|
-7. Profiling		|profiling|
+1. Single repeats		|single-repeat|
+2. Multiple repeats		|multi-repeat|
+3. Complex repeats		|complex-repeat|
+4. Using Vim scripts		|using-scripts|
+5. Using Vim packages		|packages|
+6. Creating Vim packages	|package-create|
+7. Debugging scripts		|debug-scripts|
+8. Profiling			|profiling|

 ==============================================================================
 1. Single repeats					*single-repeat*
@@ -249,15 +250,18 @@ For writing a Vim script, see chapter 41 of the user manual |usr_41.txt|.

 			Also see |pack-add|.

+						*:packl* *:packloadall*
 :packloadall[!]		Load all packages in the "start" directories under
 			'packpath'.  The directories found are added to
 			'runtimepath'.
-			This normally done during startup, after loading your
-			.vimrc file.  With this command it can be done
-			earlier.
+			This is normally done automatically during startup,
+			after loading your .vimrc file.  With this command it
+			can be done earlier.
 			Packages will be loaded only once.  After this command
 			it won't happen again.  When the optional ! is added
 			this command will load packages even when done before.
+			An error only causes sourcing the script where it
+			happens to be aborted, further plugins will be loaded.
 			See |packages|.

 :scripte[ncoding] [encoding]		*:scripte* *:scriptencoding* *E167*
@@ -478,7 +482,7 @@ find the syntax/some.vim file, because its directory is in 'runtimepath'.

 Vim will also load ftdetect files, if there are any.

-Note that the files under "pack/foo/opt" or not loaded automatically, only the
+Note that the files under "pack/foo/opt" are not loaded automatically, only the
 ones under "pack/foo/start".  See |pack-add| below for how the "opt" directory
 is used.

@@ -513,14 +517,90 @@ To load an optional plugin from a pack use the `:packadd` command: >
 This searches for "pack/*/opt/foodebug" in 'packpath' and will find
 ~/.vim/pack/foo/opt/foodebug/plugin/debugger.vim and source it.

-This could be done inside always.vim, if some conditions are met.  Or you
-could add this command to your |.vimrc|.
+This could be done if some conditions are met.  For example, depending on
+whether Vim supports a feature or a dependency is missing.
+
+You can also load an optional plugin at startup, by putting this command in
+your |.vimrc|: >
+	:packadd! foodebug
+The extra "!" is so that the plugin isn't loaded with Vim was started with
+|--noplugin|.

 It is perfectly normal for a package to only have files in the "opt"
 directory.  You then need to load each plugin when you want to use it.

+
+Where to put what ~
+
+Since color schemes, loaded with `:colorscheme`, are found below
+"pack/*/start" and "pack/*/opt", you could put them anywhere.  We recommend
+you put them below "pack/*/opt", for example
+".vim/pack/mycolors/opt/dark/colors/very_dark.vim".
+
+Filetype plugins should go under "pack/*/start", so that they are always
+found.  Unless you have more than one plugin for a file type and want to
+select which one to load with `:packadd`.  E.g. depending on the compiler
+version: >
+	if foo_compiler_version > 34
+	  packadd foo_new
+	else
+	  packadd foo_old
+	endif
+
+The "after" directory is most likely not useful in a package.  It's not
+disallowed though.
+
 ==============================================================================
-6. Debugging scripts					*debug-scripts*
+6. Creating Vim packages				*package-create*
+
+This assumes you write one or more plugins that you distribute as a package.
+
+If you have two unrelated plugins you would use two packages, so that Vim
+users can chose what they include or not.  Or you can decide to use one
+package with optional plugins, and tell the user to add the ones he wants with
+`:packadd`.
+
+Decide how you want to distribute the package.  You can create an archive or
+you could use a repository.  An archive can be used by more users, but is a
+bit harder to update to a new version.  A repository can usually be kept
+up-to-date easily, but it requires a program like "git" to be available.
+You can do both, github can automatically create an archive for a release.
+
+Your directory layout would be like this:
+   start/foobar/plugin/foo.vim    	" always loaded, defines commands
+   start/foobar/plugin/bar.vim    	" always loaded, defines commands
+   start/foobar/autoload/foo.vim  	" loaded when foo command used
+   start/foobar/doc/foo.txt       	" help for foo.vim
+   start/foobar/doc/tags          	" help tags
+   opt/fooextra/plugin/extra.vim  	" optional plugin, defines commands
+   opt/fooextra/autoload/extra.vim  	" loaded when extra command used
+   opt/fooextra/doc/extra.txt  	        " help for extra.vim
+   opt/fooextra/doc/tags  	        " help tags
+
+This allows for the user to do: >
+	mkdir ~/.vim/pack/myfoobar
+	cd ~/.vim/pack/myfoobar
+	git clone https://github.com/you/foobar.git
+
+Here "myfoobar" is a name that the user can choose, the only condition is that
+it differs from other packages.
+
+In your documentation you explain what the plugins do, and tell the user how
+to load the optional plugin: >
+	:packadd! fooextra
+
+You could add this packadd command in one of your plugins, to be executed when
+the optional plugin is needed.
+
+Run the `:helptags` command to generate the doc/tags file.  Including this
+generated file in the package means that the user can drop the package in his
+pack directory and the help command works right away.  Don't forget to re-run
+the command after changing the plugin help: >
+	:helptags path/start/foobar/doc
+	:helptags path/opt/fooextra/doc
+
+==============================================================================
+7. Debugging scripts					*debug-scripts*

 Besides the obvious messages that you can add to your scripts to find out what
 they are doing, Vim offers a debug mode.  This allows you to step through a
@@ -745,7 +825,7 @@ OBSCURE
 		user, don't use typeahead for debug commands.

 ==============================================================================
-7. Profiling						*profile* *profiling*
+8. Profiling						*profile* *profiling*

 Profiling means that Vim measures the time that is spent on executing
 functions and/or scripts.  The |+profile| feature is required for this.
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*starting.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 05
+*starting.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 26


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -867,8 +867,8 @@ accordingly.  Vim proceeds in this order:
 	use "--cmd 'set noloadplugins'" |--cmd|.

 	Plugin packs are loaded.  These are plugins, as above, but found in
-	'packpath' directories.  Every plugin directory found is added in
-	'runtimepath'.  See |packages|.
+	'packpath' "start" directories.  Every plugin directory found is added
+	in 'runtimepath'.  See |packages|.

 5. Set 'shellpipe' and 'shellredir'
 	The 'shellpipe' and 'shellredir' options are set according to the
@@ -906,8 +906,9 @@ accordingly.  Vim proceeds in this order:
 12. Execute startup commands
 	If a "-t" flag was given to Vim, the tag is jumped to.
 	The commands given with the |-c| and |+cmd| arguments are executed.
-	The starting flag is reset, has("vim_starting") will now return zero.
 	If the 'insertmode' option is set, Insert mode is entered.
+	The starting flag is reset, has("vim_starting") will now return zero.
+	The |v:vim_did_enter| variable is set to 1.
 	The |VimEnter| autocommands are executed.

 Some hints on using initializations:
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Feb 25
+*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 12


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -4534,9 +4534,9 @@ in their own color.
 :colo[rscheme] {name}	Load color scheme {name}.  This searches 'runtimepath'
 			for the file "colors/{name}.vim".  The first one that
 			is found is loaded.
-			To see the name of the currently active color scheme: >
-				:colo
-<			The name is also stored in the g:colors_name variable.
+			Also searches all plugins in 'packpath', first below
+			"start" and then under "opt".
+
 			Doesn't work recursively, thus you can't use
 			":colorscheme" in a color scheme script.
 			After the color scheme has been loaded the
@@ -209,6 +209,8 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'efm'	options.txt	/*'efm'*
 'ei'	options.txt	/*'ei'*
 'ek'	options.txt	/*'ek'*
+'emo'	options.txt	/*'emo'*
+'emoji'	options.txt	/*'emoji'*
 'enc'	options.txt	/*'enc'*
 'encoding'	options.txt	/*'encoding'*
 'endofline'	options.txt	/*'endofline'*
@@ -1304,6 +1306,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 +termresponse	various.txt	/*+termresponse*
 +textobjects	various.txt	/*+textobjects*
 +tgetent	various.txt	/*+tgetent*
+timers	various.txt	/*+timers*
 +title	various.txt	/*+title*
 +toolbar	various.txt	/*+toolbar*
 +transparency	various.txt	/*+transparency*
@@ -1653,6 +1656,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 05.5	usr_05.txt	/*05.5*
 05.6	usr_05.txt	/*05.6*
 05.7	usr_05.txt	/*05.7*
+05.8	usr_05.txt	/*05.8*
 06.1	usr_06.txt	/*06.1*
 06.2	usr_06.txt	/*06.2*
 06.3	usr_06.txt	/*06.3*
@@ -2643,6 +2647,8 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :p	various.txt	/*:p*
 :pa	repeat.txt	/*:pa*
 :packadd	repeat.txt	/*:packadd*
+:packl	repeat.txt	/*:packl*
+:packloadall	repeat.txt	/*:packloadall*
 :pc	windows.txt	/*:pc*
 :pclose	windows.txt	/*:pclose*
 :pe	if_perl.txt	/*:pe*
@@ -4261,7 +4267,6 @@ E702	eval.txt	/*E702*
 E703	eval.txt	/*E703*
 E704	eval.txt	/*E704*
 E705	eval.txt	/*E705*
-E706	eval.txt	/*E706*
 E707	eval.txt	/*E707*
 E708	eval.txt	/*E708*
 E709	eval.txt	/*E709*
@@ -4493,6 +4498,13 @@ E917	eval.txt	/*E917*
 E918	channel.txt	/*E918*
 E919	repeat.txt	/*E919*
 E92	message.txt	/*E92*
+E920	channel.txt	/*E920*
+E921	channel.txt	/*E921*
+E922	eval.txt	/*E922*
+E923	eval.txt	/*E923*
+E924	quickfix.txt	/*E924*
+E925	quickfix.txt	/*E925*
+E926	quickfix.txt	/*E926*
 E93	windows.txt	/*E93*
 E94	windows.txt	/*E94*
 E95	message.txt	/*E95*
@@ -4928,6 +4940,7 @@ add-filetype-plugin	usr_05.txt	/*add-filetype-plugin*
 add-global-plugin	usr_05.txt	/*add-global-plugin*
 add-local-help	usr_05.txt	/*add-local-help*
 add-option-flags	options.txt	/*add-option-flags*
+add-package	usr_05.txt	/*add-package*
 add-plugin	usr_05.txt	/*add-plugin*
 added-5.1	version5.txt	/*added-5.1*
 added-5.2	version5.txt	/*added-5.2*
@@ -4990,6 +5003,7 @@ assert_equal()	eval.txt	/*assert_equal()*
 assert_exception()	eval.txt	/*assert_exception()*
 assert_fails()	eval.txt	/*assert_fails()*
 assert_false()	eval.txt	/*assert_false()*
+assert_match()	eval.txt	/*assert_match()*
 assert_true()	eval.txt	/*assert_true()*
 at	motion.txt	/*at*
 atan()	eval.txt	/*atan()*
@@ -5222,6 +5236,7 @@ ch_evalexpr()	eval.txt	/*ch_evalexpr()*
 ch_evalraw()	eval.txt	/*ch_evalraw()*
 ch_getbufnr()	eval.txt	/*ch_getbufnr()*
 ch_getjob()	eval.txt	/*ch_getjob()*
+ch_info()	eval.txt	/*ch_info()*
 ch_log()	eval.txt	/*ch_log()*
 ch_logfile()	eval.txt	/*ch_logfile()*
 ch_open()	eval.txt	/*ch_open()*
@@ -5264,7 +5279,9 @@ channel-demo	channel.txt	/*channel-demo*
 channel-mode	channel.txt	/*channel-mode*
 channel-more	channel.txt	/*channel-more*
 channel-open	channel.txt	/*channel-open*
+channel-open-options	channel.txt	/*channel-open-options*
 channel-raw	channel.txt	/*channel-raw*
+channel-timeout	channel.txt	/*channel-timeout*
 channel-use	channel.txt	/*channel-use*
 channel.txt	channel.txt	/*channel.txt*
 char-variable	eval.txt	/*char-variable*
@@ -5330,7 +5347,7 @@ clipboard-html	options.txt	/*clipboard-html*
 clipboard-unnamed	options.txt	/*clipboard-unnamed*
 clipboard-unnamedplus	options.txt	/*clipboard-unnamedplus*
 clojure-indent	indent.txt	/*clojure-indent*
-close-cb	channel.txt	/*close-cb*
+close_cb	channel.txt	/*close_cb*
 cmd-key	gui_mac.txt	/*cmd-key*
 cmd-movement	gui_mac.txt	/*cmd-movement*
 cmd-shortcuts	gui_mac.txt	/*cmd-shortcuts*
@@ -5698,10 +5715,11 @@ end	intro.txt	/*end*
 end-of-file	pattern.txt	/*end-of-file*
 enlightened-terminal	syntax.txt	/*enlightened-terminal*
 erlang.vim	syntax.txt	/*erlang.vim*
-err-buf	channel.txt	/*err-buf*
-err-cb	channel.txt	/*err-cb*
-err-name	channel.txt	/*err-name*
-err-timeout	channel.txt	/*err-timeout*
+err_buf	channel.txt	/*err_buf*
+err_cb	channel.txt	/*err_cb*
+err_mode	channel.txt	/*err_mode*
+err_name	channel.txt	/*err_name*
+err_timeout	channel.txt	/*err_timeout*
 errmsg-variable	eval.txt	/*errmsg-variable*
 error-file-format	quickfix.txt	/*error-file-format*
 error-messages	message.txt	/*error-messages*
@@ -6824,10 +6842,11 @@ improved-viminfo	version5.txt	/*improved-viminfo*
 improvements-5	version5.txt	/*improvements-5*
 improvements-6	version6.txt	/*improvements-6*
 improvements-7	version7.txt	/*improvements-7*
-in-bot	channel.txt	/*in-bot*
-in-buf	channel.txt	/*in-buf*
-in-name	channel.txt	/*in-name*
-in-top	channel.txt	/*in-top*
+in_bot	channel.txt	/*in_bot*
+in_buf	channel.txt	/*in_buf*
+in_mode	channel.txt	/*in_mode*
+in_name	channel.txt	/*in_name*
+in_top	channel.txt	/*in_top*
 inactive-buffer	windows.txt	/*inactive-buffer*
 include-search	tagsrch.txt	/*include-search*
 inclusive	motion.txt	/*inclusive*
@@ -6905,21 +6924,23 @@ javascript-indenting	indent.txt	/*javascript-indenting*
 job	channel.txt	/*job*
 job-callback	channel.txt	/*job-callback*
 job-channel-overview	channel.txt	/*job-channel-overview*
-job-close-cb	channel.txt	/*job-close-cb*
+job-close_cb	channel.txt	/*job-close_cb*
 job-control	channel.txt	/*job-control*
-job-err-cb	channel.txt	/*job-err-cb*
-job-err-io	channel.txt	/*job-err-io*
-job-exit-cb	channel.txt	/*job-exit-cb*
-job-in-io	channel.txt	/*job-in-io*
+job-err_cb	channel.txt	/*job-err_cb*
+job-err_io	channel.txt	/*job-err_io*
+job-exit_cb	channel.txt	/*job-exit_cb*
+job-in_io	channel.txt	/*job-in_io*
 job-options	channel.txt	/*job-options*
-job-out-cb	channel.txt	/*job-out-cb*
-job-out-io	channel.txt	/*job-out-io*
+job-out_cb	channel.txt	/*job-out_cb*
+job-out_io	channel.txt	/*job-out_io*
 job-start	channel.txt	/*job-start*
 job-start-if-needed	channel.txt	/*job-start-if-needed*
 job-start-nochannel	channel.txt	/*job-start-nochannel*
 job-stoponexit	channel.txt	/*job-stoponexit*
 job-term	channel.txt	/*job-term*
+job-timeout	channel.txt	/*job-timeout*
 job_getchannel()	eval.txt	/*job_getchannel()*
+job_info()	eval.txt	/*job_info()*
 job_setoptions()	eval.txt	/*job_setoptions()*
 job_start()	eval.txt	/*job_start()*
 job_status()	eval.txt	/*job_status()*
@@ -7175,6 +7196,7 @@ matchit-install	usr_05.txt	/*matchit-install*
 matchlist()	eval.txt	/*matchlist()*
 matchparen	pi_paren.txt	/*matchparen*
 matchstr()	eval.txt	/*matchstr()*
+matchstrpos()	eval.txt	/*matchstrpos()*
 max()	eval.txt	/*max()*
 mbyte-IME	mbyte.txt	/*mbyte-IME*
 mbyte-XIM	mbyte.txt	/*mbyte-XIM*
@@ -7604,6 +7626,7 @@ news	intro.txt	/*news*
 nextnonblank()	eval.txt	/*nextnonblank()*
 nice	todo.txt	/*nice*
 no-eval-feature	eval.txt	/*no-eval-feature*
+no-type-checking	eval.txt	/*no-type-checking*
 no_buffers_menu	gui.txt	/*no_buffers_menu*
 non-greedy	pattern.txt	/*non-greedy*
 non-zero-arg	eval.txt	/*non-zero-arg*
@@ -7673,12 +7696,14 @@ os_unix.txt	os_unix.txt	/*os_unix.txt*
 os_vms.txt	os_vms.txt	/*os_vms.txt*
 os_win32.txt	os_win32.txt	/*os_win32.txt*
 other-features	vi_diff.txt	/*other-features*
-out-buf	channel.txt	/*out-buf*
-out-cb	channel.txt	/*out-cb*
-out-name	channel.txt	/*out-name*
-out-timeout	channel.txt	/*out-timeout*
+out_buf	channel.txt	/*out_buf*
+out_cb	channel.txt	/*out_cb*
+out_mode	channel.txt	/*out_mode*
+out_name	channel.txt	/*out_name*
+out_timeout	channel.txt	/*out_timeout*
 p	change.txt	/*p*
 pack-add	repeat.txt	/*pack-add*
+package-create	repeat.txt	/*package-create*
 packages	repeat.txt	/*packages*
 page-down	intro.txt	/*page-down*
 page-up	intro.txt	/*page-up*
@@ -8293,7 +8318,6 @@ startup-terminal	term.txt	/*startup-terminal*
 static-tag	tagsrch.txt	/*static-tag*
 status-line	windows.txt	/*status-line*
 statusmsg-variable	eval.txt	/*statusmsg-variable*
-sticky-type-checking	eval.txt	/*sticky-type-checking*
 str2float()	eval.txt	/*str2float()*
 str2nr()	eval.txt	/*str2nr()*
 strcasestr()	eval.txt	/*strcasestr()*
@@ -8674,6 +8698,8 @@ throw-from-catch	eval.txt	/*throw-from-catch*
 throw-variables	eval.txt	/*throw-variables*
 throwpoint-variable	eval.txt	/*throwpoint-variable*
 time-functions	usr_41.txt	/*time-functions*
+timer_start()	eval.txt	/*timer_start()*
+timer_stop()	eval.txt	/*timer_stop()*
 timestamp	editing.txt	/*timestamp*
 timestamps	editing.txt	/*timestamps*
 tips	tips.txt	/*tips*
@@ -8845,6 +8871,7 @@ v:true	eval.txt	/*v:true*
 v:val	eval.txt	/*v:val*
 v:var	eval.txt	/*v:var*
 v:version	eval.txt	/*v:version*
+v:vim_did_enter	eval.txt	/*v:vim_did_enter*
 v:warningmsg	eval.txt	/*v:warningmsg*
 v:windowid	eval.txt	/*v:windowid*
 v_!	change.txt	/*v_!*
@@ -9018,7 +9045,9 @@ vim-variable	eval.txt	/*vim-variable*
 vim.vim	syntax.txt	/*vim.vim*
 vim7	version7.txt	/*vim7*
 vim:	options.txt	/*vim:*
+vim_did_enter-variable	eval.txt	/*vim_did_enter-variable*
 vim_mac	gui_mac.txt	/*vim_mac*
+vim_starting	eval.txt	/*vim_starting*
 vimball	pi_vimball.txt	/*vimball*
 vimball-contents	pi_vimball.txt	/*vimball-contents*
 vimball-extract	pi_vimball.txt	/*vimball-extract*
@@ -9123,6 +9152,11 @@ win32-term	os_win32.txt	/*win32-term*
 win32-vimrun	gui_w32.txt	/*win32-vimrun*
 win32-win3.1	os_win32.txt	/*win32-win3.1*
 win32s	os_win32.txt	/*win32s*
+win_findbuf()	eval.txt	/*win_findbuf()*
+win_getid()	eval.txt	/*win_getid()*
+win_gotoid()	eval.txt	/*win_gotoid()*
+win_id2tabwin()	eval.txt	/*win_id2tabwin()*
+win_id2win()	eval.txt	/*win_id2win()*
 winbufnr()	eval.txt	/*winbufnr()*
 wincol()	eval.txt	/*wincol()*
 window	windows.txt	/*window*
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*todo.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 11
+*todo.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 29


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -34,86 +34,32 @@ not be repeated below, unless there is extra information.
 							*known-bugs*
 -------------------- Known bugs and current work -----------------------

+Using free memory. (Dominique, 2016 Mar 27)
+
 +channel:
- CHANNEL_PIPES -> FEAT_JOB
- FEAT_JOB / FEAT_CHANNEL -> FEAT_JOBCHANNEL ?
- move code from eval.c to channel.c
- add job_info(): process ID, run/dead, etc.
- add ch_info(): in/out/err mode, timeout, callbacks, etc.
- Move more details from eval.txt to channel.txt.  Add tags in eval.txt.
- When receiving malformed json starting with a quote it doesn't get
-  discarded.  Any invalid JSON or JSON that isn't a list will block further
-  parsing?
- When decoding json, don't read all the typeahead at once, use the reader
-  properly.
 - When a message in the queue but there is no callback, drop it after a while?
  Add timestamp to queued messages and callbacks with ID, remove after a
  minute.  Option to set the droptime.
- Add more ch_log calls, basically at every branch, before every callback, etc.
 - Add remark about undo sync, is there a way to force it?
 - When starting a job, have an option to open the server socket, so we know
  the port, and pass it to the command with --socket-fd {nr}. (Olaf Dabrunz,
  Feb 9)  How to do this on MS-Windows?
- Add more unit-testing in json_test.c
- Add a test where ["eval","getline(123)"] gets a line with special
-  characters (NUL, 0x80, etc.).  Check that it isn't garbled.
- Make sure errors lead to a useful error msg. ["ex","foobar"]
 - For connection to server, a "keep open" flag would be useful.  Retry
  connecting in the main loop with zero timeout.
 Later
 - job_start(): run job in a newly opened terminal.
    With xterm could use -S{pty}.

-emoji patch from Yasuhiro Matsumoto.  Asked Thomas Dickey.
+Partial:
+- Maybe we also need VAR_PARTIAL support in if_mzsch.

-Remove sticky type checking.
+Make it so that the window ID can be used where currently a window nr is used

-Packages:
- Add command to update help tags in 'runtimepath'.  Pathogen has something
-  like that.
- colorscheme command in .vimrc doesn't work.
-   - Also search in 'packpath', both "start" and "opt", don't add dir to 'rtp'
- command like :runtime that also search 'packpath'.  :packruntime
-    use "ever" or "opt"?  both?
- command to load packages now?
+Patch to add "q" item to guifont. #720, Kim Brouer, 2016 Mar 29
+Better patch from Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2016 Jan 4.

-More plugin support:
- Have a way to install a callback from the main loop.  Called every second or
-  so.
- Need way to uniquely identify a window, no matter how windows are
-  rearranged.  Same for tab pages.
-      getwinid()             ID of current winow
-      getwinid({nr})         ID of window {nr}
-      getwinid({nr}, {tab})  ID of window {nr} in tab page {tab}
-      getwinnr({id})	     window nr of {id} or -1 if not open
-      gettabnr({id})	     tab page nr of {id} or -1 if not open
-      gotowin({id})
-  Make it so that the window ID can be used where currently a window nr is used
-  Patch from Anton Lindqvist, 2016 Feb 21, to make bufwinnr() return a list.
-  Perhaps add bufwinid() instead.
-
-This difference is unexpected:
-    echo v:true == 1
-    1
-    echo [v:true] == [1]
-    0
-It's because tv_equal() works different.
-
-Compiler warnings. (John Marriott, Feb 17)
-
-Compiler warnings in if_ole.cpp.  Patch by Ken Takata, Feb 18.
-
-When running "make install" don't overwrite the doc/tags file, generate it
-elsewhere, so that the distributed file doesn't change.
-
-Fix to support --nofork for Windows batch files. (Kevin Cantú, 2016 Feb 23,
-#658, #659)  Also add "setlocal" at top of batch file?
-
-Patch to add matchstrpos(). (Ozaki Kiichi, 2016 Feb 28)
-
-Why does this: 	echo "a" . 1.1
-result in:	a11
-Should recognize float (so long as it's not ".1.1").
+Patch to make tag jump work on function({expr}). (Hirohito Higashi, 2016 Mar
+25)

 Allow for an empty dictionary key?

@@ -164,45 +110,74 @@ Regexp problems:
  matches the empty string. (Dominique Pelle, 2015 Oct 2, Nov 24)
 - Search for \\~ causes error E874.

+Using freed memory in quickfix code. (Dominique, 2016 Mar 21)
+
+Patch 7.4.1401 caused autochdir not to work on startup. (Rob Hoelz, #704)
+
 Patch to fix that folds close with autocomplete.  #643
 Christian Brabandt, 2016 Feb 18.

 Also include update_curswant() fix for getcurpos(). (Christian Brabandt, 2016
 Feb 9)

+Patch to list some messages and clear messages. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2016 Mar
+12)
+
+Patch to fix escaping special characters for delete(). (tc-0, 2016 Mar 20,
+#700) Test fails on MS-Windows.
+
 Patch to put undo options together in undo window.
 (Gary Johnson, 2016 Jan 28)

 Patch to have better check for {action} argument of setqflist().
 Nikolai Pavlov, Feb 25, #661.  Can be even more strict.
 Also see patch from Hirohito Higash, Feb 25.
+Updated patch, 2016 Mar 25.

 Patch to update the GTK icon cache when installing. (Kazunobu Kuriyama, 2016
 Feb 3)

 Patch for test86 and test87. (Roland Puntaier, #622)

+Cannot delete a file with square brackets with delete(). (#696)
+
+Patch to add 'topbot' to 'belloff' option. (Coot, 2016 Mar 18, #695)
+
+Patch to make matchit work better, respect 'matchpairs'. (Ken Takata, 2016 Mar
+25)
+
 We can use '. to go to the last change in the current buffer, but how about
 the last change in any buffer?  Can we use ', (, is next to .)?

 Patch for Python: #622. (Roland Puntaier, 2016 Feb 2)
 What does it change?

+It's possible to add ",," to 'wildignore', an empty entry.  Causes problems.
+Reject the value? #710.
+
 Win32: patch to use 64 bit stat() if possible. (Ken Takata, 2014 May 12)
 More tests May 14. Update May 29.  Update Aug 10.
 Now part of large file patches. (Ken Takata, 2016 Feb 1)
-Two patches now?  New update Feb 24.
+Win64: Seek error in swap file for a very big file (3 Gbyte).  Check storing
+pointer in long and seek offset in 64 bit var.
+Patches from Ken Takata might help (2014 Apr 17)
+Update 2016 Mar 28.  Can include all parts into one dist patch.

 Patch to support 64 bit ints for Number. (Ken Takata, 2016 Jan 21)
-Also in update of Feb 24?
+Update 2016 Mar 28.

 After 7.5 is released:
 - Drop support for older MS-Windows systems, before XP.
  Patch from Ken Takata, 2016 Mar 8.

+Add stronger encryption.  Could use libsodium (NaCl).
+https://github.com/jedisct1/libsodium/
+Possibly include the needed code so that it can be build everywhere.
+
 Patch to add setbufline(). (email from Yasuhiro Matsumoto, patch by Ozaki
 Kiichi, 2016 Feb 28)
 Update Mar 8: https://gist.github.com/mattn/23c1f50999084992ca98
+Update Mar 13: https://gist.github.com/mattn/23c1f50999084992ca98

 Need to try out instructions in INSSTALLpc.txt about how to install all
 interfaces and how to build Vim with them.
@@ -210,9 +185,6 @@ Appveyor build with self-installing executable, includes getting most
 interfaces: https://github.com/k-takata/vim/tree/chrisbra-appveyor-build
 result: https://ci.appveyor.com/project/k-takata/vim/history

-Still using freed memory after using setloclist(). (lcd, 2014 Jul 23)
-More info Jul 24.  Not clear why.
-
 Duplication of completion suggestions for ":!hom".  Issue 539.
 Patch by Christian, 2016 Jan 29
 >
@@ -235,6 +207,10 @@ Patch to make "%:h:h" return "." instead of the full path.

 Remove SPACE_IN_FILENAME ? What could possibly go wrong?

+Patch to change GUI behavior: instead of changing the window size change the
+lines/columns when menu/toolbar/etc. is added/removed. (Ychin, 2016 Mar 20,
+#703)
+
 Installation of .desktop files does not work everywhere.
 It's now fixed, but the target directory probably isn't right.
 Add configure check?
@@ -242,9 +218,6 @@ Should use /usr/local/share/applications or /usr/share/applications.
 Or use $XDG_DATA_DIRS.
 Also need to run update-desktop-database (Kuriyama Kazunobu, 2015 Nov 4)

-Move the README files that are for including in archives to a subdirectory.
-"readmedir/" ?
-
 Access to uninitialized memory in match_backref() regexp_nda.c:4882
 (Dominique Pelle, 2015 Nov 6)

@@ -256,6 +229,8 @@ Patch to avoid redrawing tabline when the popup menu is visible.

 Patch to add {skip} argument to search(). (Christian Brabandt, 2016 Feb 24)

+Add value "smart" to 'tagcase': ignore case when tag is all lower case.
+
 7   Add a watchpoint in the debug mode: An expression that breaks execution
    when evaluating to non-zero.  Add the "watchadd expr" command, stop when
    the value of the expression changes.  ":watchdel" deletes an item,
@@ -283,6 +258,8 @@ https://gist.github.com/presuku/d3d6b230b9b6dcfc0477
 Patch to make the behavior of "w" more straightforward, but not Vi compatible.
 With a 'cpo' flag.  (Christian Brabandt, 2016 Feb 8)

+Patch to add optionproperties(). (Anton Lindqvist, 2016 Mar 27)
+
 Patch to add TagNotFound autocommand. (Anton Lindqvist, 2016 Feb 3)

 Patch to add Error autocommand. (Anton Lindqvist, 2016 Feb 17)
@@ -333,6 +310,9 @@ Patch to add :mapgroup, put mappings in a group like augroup.
 Value returned by virtcol() changes depending on how lines wrap.  This is
 inconsistent with the documentation.

+Patch to add filtering of the quickfix list. (Yegappan Lakshmanan, 2016 Mar
+13, last version)  Update Mar 21.
+
 Can we cache the syntax attributes, so that updates for 'relativenumber' and
 'cursorline'/'cursorcolumn' are a lot faster?

@@ -412,8 +392,6 @@ Patch to fix checking global option value when not using it.
 When 'showbreak' is set repeating a Visual operation counts the size of the
 'showbreak' text as part of the operation. (Axel Bender, 2015 Jul 20)

-Patch to apply 'fileformats' when starting Vim. (Mike Williams, 2015 Jul 22)
-
 Patch for matchit plugin related to multibyte chars. (Ken Takata, 2015 Jul 22)

 Patch for multi-byte characters in langmap and applying a mapping on them.
@@ -471,6 +449,7 @@ Mixup of highlighting when there is a match and SpellBad. (ZyX, 2015 Jan 1)
 Patch for drag&drop reordering of GUI tab pages reordering.
 (Ken Takata, 2013 Nov 22, second one, also by Masamichi Abe)
 Now on Git: https://gist.github.com/nocd5/165286495c782b815b94
+Update 2016 Mar 15.

 Patch on Issue 72: 'autochdir' causes problems for :vimgrep.

@@ -1938,10 +1917,6 @@ Win32: using "gvim --remote-tab-silent fname" sometimes gives an empty screen
 with the more prompt.  Caused by setting the guitablabel?  (Thomas Michael
 Engelke, 2007 Dec 20 - 2008 Jan 17)

-Win64: Seek error in swap file for a very big file (3 Gbyte).  Check storing
-pointer in long and seek offset in 64 bit var.
-Patches from Ken Takata might help (2014 Apr 17)
-
 Win32: patch for fullscreen mode. (Liushaolin, 2008 April 17)

 Win32: When 'shell' is bash shellescape() doesn't always do the right thing.
@@ -3732,7 +3707,7 @@ Syntax highlighting:
    unprintable char another color.  Would be useful for ^M at end of line.


-Built-in script language:
+Vim script language:
 8   Make the filename and line number available to script functions, so that
    they can give useful debugging info.  The whole call stack would be ideal.
    At least use this for error messages.
@@ -3753,14 +3728,10 @@ Built-in script language:
 7   ":include" command: just like ":source" but doesn't start a new scriptID?
    Will be tricky for the list of script names.
 8   Have a look at VSEL.  Would it be useful to include? (Bigham)
-8   Add ":fungroup" command, to group function definitions together.  When
-    encountered, all functions in the group are removed.  Suggest using an
-    obscure name to avoid name clashes.  Require a ":fungroup END" in the same
-    sourced file?  Assume the group ends at the end of the file.  Handle
-    nested packages?
-    Alternative: Support packages.  {package-name}:{function-name}().
-    Packages are loaded automatically when first used, from
-    $VIMRUNTIME/packages (or use a search path).
+8   Have a prefix for a function to make it unique.  When using packages it
+    can be the plugin name.
+    Perhaps also have a way to remove everything that the package added?
+    including autocommands.
 7   Pre-parse or compile Vim scripts into a bytecode.
    1. Put the bytecode with the original script, with an ":if
       has('bytecode')" around it, so that it's only used with a Vim that
@@ -3777,8 +3748,6 @@ Built-in script language:
 8   Add functions:
 	has(":command")		Check if ":command" works.  compare function
 				with "ex_ni".  E.g. for ":simalt".
-	system()		With a List argument.  Bypasses the shell, use
-				exec() directly.  (Bob Hiestand)
 	escape()		Add argument to specify what to escape with.
 	modestack()		Instead of just the current mode return the
 				stack of Insert / CTRL-O / :normal things.
@@ -4881,7 +4850,7 @@ Searching:
    lines 23 to 45?  Or does this conflict with Ex range syntax?
 8   Allow identical pairs in 'matchpairs'.  Restrict the search to the current
    line.
-7   Allow longer pairs in 'matchpairs'.  Use ~/vim/macros/matchit.vim as an
+7   Allow longer pairs in 'matchpairs'.  Use matchit.vim as an
    example.
 8   Make it possible to define the character that "%" checks for in
    #if/#endif.  For nmake it's !if/!endif.
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_05.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2012 Nov 20
+*usr_05.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 28

 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar

@@ -12,10 +12,11 @@ Vim's capabilities.  Or define your own macros.
 |05.1|	The vimrc file
 |05.2|	The example vimrc file explained
 |05.3|	Simple mappings
-|05.4|	Adding a plugin
-|05.5|	Adding a help file
-|05.6|	The option window
-|05.7|	Often used options
+|05.4|	Adding a package
+|05.5|	Adding a plugin
+|05.6|	Adding a help file
+|05.7|	The option window
+|05.8|	Often used options

     Next chapter: |usr_06.txt|  Using syntax highlighting
 Previous chapter: |usr_04.txt|  Making small changes
@@ -263,7 +264,45 @@ The ":map" command (with no arguments) lists your current mappings.  At
 least the ones for Normal mode.  More about mappings in section |40.1|.

 ==============================================================================
-*05.4*	Adding a plugin					*add-plugin* *plugin*
+*05.4*	Adding a package			*add-package* *matchit-install*
+
+A package is a set of files that you can add to Vim.  There are two kinds of
+packages: optional and automatically loaded on startup.
+
+The Vim distribution comes with a few packages that you can optionally use.
+For example, the matchit plugin.  This plugin makes the "%" command jump to
+matching HTML tags, if/else/endif in Vim scripts, etc.  Very useful, although
+it's not backwards compatible (that's why it is not enabled by default).
+
+To start using the matchit plugin, add one line to your vimrc file: >
+	packadd! matchit
+
+That's all!  After restarting Vim you can find help about this plugin: >
+	:help matchit
+
+This works, because when `:packadd` loaded the plugin it also added the
+package directory in 'runtimepath', so that the help file can be found.
+
+You can find packages on the Internet in various places.  It usually comes as
+an archive or as a repository.  For an archive you can follow these steps:
+	1. create the package directory: >
+		mkdir -p ~/.vim/pack/fancy
+<	   "fancy" can be any name of your liking.  Use one that describes the
+	   package.
+	2. unpack the archive in that directory.  This assumes the top
+	   directory in the archive is "start": >
+	   	cd ~/.vim/pack/fancy
+		unzip /tmp/fancy.zip
+<	   If the archive layout is different make sure that you end up with a
+	   path like this:
+		~/.vim/pack/fancy/start/fancytext/plugin/fancy.vim ~
+	   Here "fancytext" is the name of the package, it can be anything
+	   else.
+
+More information about packages can be found here: |packages|.
+
+==============================================================================
+*05.5*	Adding a plugin					*add-plugin* *plugin*

 Vim's functionality can be extended by adding plugins.  A plugin is nothing
 more than a Vim script file that is loaded automatically when Vim starts.  You
@@ -324,10 +363,9 @@ Example for Unix (assuming you didn't have a plugin directory yet): >

 	mkdir ~/.vim
 	mkdir ~/.vim/plugin
-	cp /usr/local/share/vim/vim60/macros/justify.vim ~/.vim/plugin
+	cp /tmp/yourplugin.vim ~/.vim/plugin

-That's all!  Now you can use the commands defined in this plugin to justify
-text.
+That's all!  Now you can use the commands defined in this plugin.

 Instead of putting plugins directly into the plugin/ directory, you may
 better organize them by putting them into subdirectories under plugin/.
@@ -415,23 +453,19 @@ Further reading:
 |new-filetype|		How to detect a new file type.

 ==============================================================================
-*05.5*	Adding a help file		*add-local-help* *matchit-install*
+*05.6*	Adding a help file				*add-local-help*

 If you are lucky, the plugin you installed also comes with a help file.  We
 will explain how to install the help file, so that you can easily find help
 for your new plugin.
-   Let us use the "matchit.vim" plugin as an example (it is included with
-Vim).  This plugin makes the "%" command jump to matching HTML tags,
-if/else/endif in Vim scripts, etc.  Very useful, although it's not backwards
-compatible (that's why it is not enabled by default).
-   This plugin comes with documentation: "matchit.txt".  Let's first copy the
-plugin to the right directory.  This time we will do it from inside Vim, so
-that we can use $VIMRUNTIME.  (You may skip some of the "mkdir" commands if
-you already have the directory.) >
+   Let us use the "doit.vim" plugin as an example.  This plugin comes with
+documentation: "doit.txt".  Let's first copy the plugin to the right
+directory.  This time we will do it from inside Vim.  (You may skip some of
+the "mkdir" commands if you already have the directory.) >

 	:!mkdir ~/.vim
 	:!mkdir ~/.vim/plugin
-	:!cp $VIMRUNTIME/macros/matchit.vim ~/.vim/plugin
+	:!cp /tmp/doit.vim ~/.vim/plugin

 The "cp" command is for Unix, on MS-DOS you can use "copy".

@@ -441,7 +475,7 @@ Now create a "doc" directory in one of the directories in 'runtimepath'. >

 Copy the help file to the "doc" directory. >

-	:!cp $VIMRUNTIME/macros/matchit.txt ~/.vim/doc
+	:!cp /tmp/doit.txt ~/.vim/doc

 Now comes the trick, which allows you to jump to the subjects in the new help
 file: Generate the local tags file with the |:helptags| command. >
@@ -450,10 +484,10 @@ file: Generate the local tags file with the |:helptags| command. >

 Now you can use the >

-	:help g%
+	:help doit

-command to find help for "g%" in the help file you just added.  You can see an
-entry for the local help file when you do: >
+command to find help for "doit" in the help file you just added.  You can see
+an entry for the local help file when you do: >

 	:help local-additions

@@ -464,7 +498,7 @@ them through the tag.
 For writing a local help file, see |write-local-help|.

 ==============================================================================
-*05.6*	The option window
+*05.7*	The option window

 If you are looking for an option that does what you want, you can search in
 the help files here: |options|.  Another way is by using this command: >
@@ -503,7 +537,7 @@ border.  This is what the 'scrolloff' option does, it specifies an offset
 from the window border where scrolling starts.

 ==============================================================================
-*05.7*	Often used options
+*05.8*	Often used options

 There are an awful lot of options.  Most of them you will hardly ever use.
 Some of the more useful ones will be mentioned here.  Don't forget you can
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_25.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Oct 29
+*usr_25.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 28

 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar

@@ -196,12 +196,16 @@ Vim has no built-in way of justifying text.  However, there is a neat macro
 package that does the job.  To use this package, execute the following
 command: >

-	:runtime macros/justify.vim
+	:packadd justify
+
+Or put this line in your |vimrc|: >
+
+	packadd! justify

 This Vim script file defines a new visual command "_j".  To justify a block of
 text, highlight the text in Visual mode and then execute "_j".
   Look in the file for more explanations.  To go there, do "gf" on this name:
-$VIMRUNTIME/macros/justify.vim.
+$VIMRUNTIME/pack/dist/opt/justify/plugin/justify.vim.

 An alternative is to filter the text through an external program.  Example: >

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Feb 14
+*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 27

 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar

@@ -592,6 +592,7 @@ String manipulation:					*string-functions*
 	match()			position where a pattern matches in a string
 	matchend()		position where a pattern match ends in a string
 	matchstr()		match of a pattern in a string
+	matchstrpos()		match and postions of a pattern in a string
 	matchlist()		like matchstr() and also return submatches
 	stridx()		first index of a short string in a long string
 	strridx()		last index of a short string in a long string
@@ -889,9 +890,12 @@ Mappings:				    *mapping-functions*
 	wildmenumode()		check if the wildmode is active

 Testing:				    *test-functions*
-	assert_equal()       	assert that two expressions values are equal
+	assert_equal()		assert that two expressions values are equal
+	assert_match()		assert that a pattern matches the value
 	assert_false()		assert that an expression is false
 	assert_true()		assert that an expression is true
+	assert_exception()	assert that a command throws an exception
+	assert_fails()		assert that a function call fails

 Inter-process communication:
 	ch_open()		open a channel
@@ -932,7 +936,7 @@ Various:					*various-functions*
 	perleval()		evaluate Perl expression (|+perl|)
 	py3eval()		evaluate Python expression (|+python3|)
 	pyeval()		evaluate Python expression (|+python|)
-	wordcount()             get byte/word/char count of buffer
+	wordcount()		get byte/word/char count of buffer

 ==============================================================================
 *41.7*	Defining a function
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_toc.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2010 Jul 20
+*usr_toc.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 25

 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar

@@ -104,10 +104,11 @@ Read this from start to end to learn the essential commands.
 		|05.1|	The vimrc file
 		|05.2|	The example vimrc file explained
 		|05.3|	Simple mappings
-		|05.4|	Adding a plugin
-		|05.5|	Adding a help file
-		|05.6|	The option window
-		|05.7|	Often used options
+		|05.4|	Adding a package
+		|05.5|	Adding a plugin
+		|05.6|	Adding a help file
+		|05.7|	The option window
+		|05.8|	Often used options

 |usr_06.txt|  Using syntax highlighting
 		|06.1|	Switching it on
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*various.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Feb 27
+*various.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 20


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -428,6 +428,7 @@ m  *+tcl/dyn*		Tcl interface |tcl-dynamic| |/dyn|
 N  *+termresponse*	support for |t_RV| and |v:termresponse|
 N  *+textobjects*	|text-objects| selection
   *+tgetent*		non-Unix only: able to use external termcap
+N  *+timers*		the |timer_start()| function
 N  *+title*		Setting the window 'title' and 'icon'
 N  *+toolbar*		|gui-toolbar|
 m  *+transparency*      MacVim only: window background transparency
@@ -8,23 +8,26 @@ maze	Macros that solve a maze (amazing!).
 urm	Macros that simulate a simple computer: "Universal Register Machine"


+
 The other files contain some handy utilities.  They also serve as examples for
 how to use Vi and Vim functionality.

-dvorak			for when you use a Dvorak keyboard
-
-justify.vim		user function for justifying text
-
-matchit.vim + matchit.txt  make % match if-fi, HTML tags, and much more
-
 less.sh + less.vim	make Vim work like less (or more)

-shellmenu.vim		menus for editing shell scripts in the GUI version

-swapmous.vim		swap left and right mouse buttons

-editexisting.vim	when editing a file that is already edited with
-			another Vim instance
+The following have been moved to an optional package.  Add the command to your
+vimrc file to use the package:

-This one is only for Unix.  It can be found in the extra archive:
-file_select.vim		macros that make a handy file selector
+packadd! dvorak		" Dvorak keyboard support; adds mappings
+
+packadd! editexisting	" when editing a file that is already edited with
+			" another Vim instance, go to that Vim instance
+
+packadd! justify	" justifying text.
+
+packadd! matchit	" makes the % command work better
+
+packadd! shellmenu	" menus for editing shell scripts in the GUI version
+
+packadd! swapmouse	" swap left and right mouse buttons
@@ -1,164 +0,0 @@
-When using a dvorak keyboard this file may be of help to you.
-These mappings have been made by Lawrence Kesteloot <kesteloo@cs.unc.edu>.
-What they do is that the most often used keys, like hjkl, are put in a more
-easy to use position.
-It may take some time to learn using this.
-
-Put these lines in your .vimrc:
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-" Key to go into dvorak mode:
-map ,d :source ~/.dvorak
-" Key to get out of dvorak mode:
-map ,q :source ~/.qwerty
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-
-write these lines into the file ~/.dvorak:
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-" Dvorak keyboard, only in insert mode and ex mode.
-" You may want to add a list of map's too.
-imap! a a
-imap! b x
-imap! c j
-imap! d e
-imap! e .
-imap! f u
-imap! g i
-imap! h d
-imap! i c
-imap! j h
-imap! k t
-imap! l n
-imap! m m
-imap! n b
-imap! o r
-imap! p l
-imap! q '
-imap! r p
-imap! s o
-imap! t y
-imap! u g
-imap! v k
-imap! w ,
-imap! x q
-imap! y f
-imap! z ;
-imap! ; s
-imap! ' -
-imap! " _
-imap! , w
-imap! . v
-imap! / z
-imap! A A
-imap! B X
-imap! C J
-imap! D E
-imap! E >
-imap! F U
-imap! G I
-imap! H D
-imap! I C
-imap! J H
-imap! K T
-imap! L N
-imap! M M
-imap! N B
-imap! O R
-imap! P L
-imap! Q "
-imap! R P
-imap! S O
-imap! T Y
-imap! U G
-imap! V K
-imap! W <
-imap! X Q
-imap! Y F
-imap! Z :
-imap! < W
-imap! > V
-imap! ? Z
-imap! : S
-imap! [ /
-imap! ] =
-imap! { ?
-imap! } +
-imap! - [
-imap! _ {
-imap! = ]
-imap! + }
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-
-write these lines into the file ~/.qwerty
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-" Qwerty keyboard
-unmap! a
-unmap! b
-unmap! c
-unmap! d
-unmap! e
-unmap! f
-unmap! g
-unmap! h
-unmap! i
-unmap! j
-unmap! k
-unmap! l
-unmap! m
-unmap! n
-unmap! o
-unmap! p
-unmap! q
-unmap! r
-unmap! s
-unmap! t
-unmap! u
-unmap! v
-unmap! w
-unmap! x
-unmap! y
-unmap! z
-unmap! ;
-unmap! '
-unmap! \"
-unmap! ,
-unmap! .
-unmap! /
-unmap! A
-unmap! B
-unmap! C
-unmap! D
-unmap! E
-unmap! F
-unmap! G
-unmap! H
-unmap! I
-unmap! J
-unmap! K
-unmap! L
-unmap! M
-unmap! N
-unmap! O
-unmap! P
-unmap! Q
-unmap! R
-unmap! S
-unmap! T
-unmap! U
-unmap! V
-unmap! W
-unmap! X
-unmap! Y
-unmap! Z
-unmap! <
-unmap! >
-unmap! ?
-unmap! :
-unmap! [
-unmap! ]
-unmap! {
-unmap! }
-unmap! -
-unmap! _
-unmap! =
-unmap! +
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
@@ -1,119 +1,3 @@
-" Vim Plugin:	Edit the file with an existing Vim if possible
-" Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar
-" Last Change:	2014 Dec 06
-
-" This is a plugin, drop it in your (Unix) ~/.vim/plugin or (Win32)
-" $VIM/vimfiles/plugin directory.  Or make a symbolic link, so that you
-" automatically use the latest version.
-
-" This plugin serves two purposes:
-" 1. On startup, if we were invoked with one file name argument and the file
-"    is not modified then try to find another Vim instance that is editing
-"    this file.  If there is one then bring it to the foreground and exit.
-" 2. When a file is edited and a swap file exists for it, try finding that
-"    other Vim and bring it to the foreground.  Requires Vim 7, because it
-"    uses the SwapExists autocommand event.
-if v:version < 700
-  finish
-endif
-
-" Function that finds the Vim instance that is editing "filename" and brings
-" it to the foreground.
-func s:EditElsewhere(filename)
-  let fname_esc = substitute(a:filename, "'", "''", "g")
-
-  let servers = serverlist()
-  while servers != ''
-    " Get next server name in "servername"; remove it from "servers".
-    let i = match(servers, "\n")
-    if i == -1
-      let servername = servers
-      let servers = ''
-    else
-      let servername = strpart(servers, 0, i)
-      let servers = strpart(servers, i + 1)
-    endif
-
-    " Skip ourselves.
-    if servername ==? v:servername
-      continue
-    endif
-
-    " Check if this server is editing our file.
-    if remote_expr(servername, "bufloaded('" . fname_esc . "')")
-      " Yes, bring it to the foreground.
-      if has("win32")
-	call remote_foreground(servername)
-      endif
-      call remote_expr(servername, "foreground()")
-
-      if remote_expr(servername, "exists('*EditExisting')")
-	" Make sure the file is visible in a window (not hidden).
-	" If v:swapcommand exists and is set, send it to the server.
-	if exists("v:swapcommand")
-	  let c = substitute(v:swapcommand, "'", "''", "g")
-	  call remote_expr(servername, "EditExisting('" . fname_esc . "', '" . c . "')")
-	else
-	  call remote_expr(servername, "EditExisting('" . fname_esc . "', '')")
-	endif
-      endif
-
-      if !(has('vim_starting') && has('gui_running') && has('gui_win32'))
-	" Tell the user what is happening.  Not when the GUI is starting
-	" though, it would result in a message box.
-	echomsg "File is being edited by " . servername
-	sleep 2
-      endif
-      return 'q'
-    endif
-  endwhile
-  return ''
-endfunc
-
-" When the plugin is loaded and there is one file name argument: Find another
-" Vim server that is editing this file right now.
-if argc() == 1 && !&modified
-  if s:EditElsewhere(expand("%:p")) == 'q'
-    quit
-  endif
-endif
-
-" Setup for handling the situation that an existing swap file is found.
-try
-  au! SwapExists * let v:swapchoice = s:EditElsewhere(expand("<afile>:p"))
-catch
-  " Without SwapExists we don't do anything for ":edit" commands
-endtry
-
-" Function used on the server to make the file visible and possibly execute a
-" command.
-func! EditExisting(fname, command)
-  " Get the window number of the file in the current tab page.
-  let winnr = bufwinnr(a:fname)
-  if winnr <= 0
-    " Not found, look in other tab pages.
-    let bufnr = bufnr(a:fname)
-    for i in range(tabpagenr('$'))
-      if index(tabpagebuflist(i + 1), bufnr) >= 0
-	" Make this tab page the current one and find the window number.
-	exe 'tabnext ' . (i + 1)
-	let winnr = bufwinnr(a:fname)
-	break
-      endif
-    endfor
-  endif
-
-  if winnr > 0
-    exe winnr . "wincmd w"
-  elseif exists('*fnameescape')
-    exe "split " . fnameescape(a:fname)
-  else
-    exe "split " . escape(a:fname, " \t\n*?[{`$\\%#'\"|!<")
-  endif
-
-  if a:command != ''
-    exe "normal! " . a:command
-  endif
-
-  redraw
-endfunc
+" Load the editexisting package.
+" For those users who were loading the editexisting plugin from here.
+packadd editexisting
@@ -1,316 +1,3 @@
-" Function to left and right align text.
-"
-" Written by:	Preben "Peppe" Guldberg <c928400@student.dtu.dk>
-" Created:	980806 14:13 (or around that time anyway)
-" Revised:	001103 00:36 (See "Revisions" below)
-
-
-" function Justify( [ textwidth [, maxspaces [, indent] ] ] )
-"
-" Justify()  will  left  and  right  align  a  line  by  filling  in  an
-" appropriate amount of spaces.  Extra  spaces  are  added  to  existing
-" spaces starting from the right side of the line.  As an  example,  the
-" following documentation has been justified.
-"
-" The function takes the following arguments:
-
-" textwidth argument
-" ------------------
-" If not specified, the value of the 'textwidth'  option  is  used.   If
-" 'textwidth' is zero a value of 80 is used.
-"
-" Additionally the arguments 'tw' and '' are  accepted.   The  value  of
-" 'textwidth' will be used. These are handy, if you just want to specify
-" the maxspaces argument.
-
-" maxspaces argument
-" ------------------
-" If specified, alignment will only be done, if the  longest  space  run
-" after alignment is no longer than maxspaces.
-"
-" An argument of '' is accepted, should the user  like  to  specify  all
-" arguments.
-"
-" To aid user defined commands, negative  values  are  accepted  aswell.
-" Using a negative value specifies the default behaviour: any length  of
-" space runs will be used to justify the text.
-
-" indent argument
-" ---------------
-" This argument specifies how a line should be indented. The default  is
-" to keep the current indentation.
-"
-" Negative  values:  Keep  current   amount   of   leading   whitespace.
-" Positive values: Indent all lines with leading whitespace  using  this
-" amount of whitespace.
-"
-" Note that the value 0, needs to be quoted as  a  string.   This  value
-" leads to a left flushed text.
-"
-" Additionally units of  'shiftwidth'/'sw'  and  'tabstop'/'ts'  may  be
-" added. In this case, if the value of indent is positive, the amount of
-" whitespace to be  added  will  be  multiplied  by  the  value  of  the
-" 'shiftwidth' and 'tabstop' settings.  If these  units  are  used,  the
-"  argument must  be  given  as  a  string,  eg.   Justify('','','2sw').
-"
-" If the values of 'sw' or 'tw' are negative, they  are  treated  as  if
-" they were 0, which means that the text is flushed left.  There  is  no
-" check if a negative number prefix is used to  change  the  sign  of  a
-" negative 'sw' or 'ts' value.
-"
-" As with the other arguments,  ''  may  be  used  to  get  the  default
-" behaviour.
-
-
-" Notes:
-"
-" If the line, adjusted for space runs and leading/trailing  whitespace,
-" is wider than the used textwidth, the line will be left untouched  (no
-" whitespace removed).  This should be equivalent to  the  behaviour  of
-" :left, :right and :center.
-"
-" If the resulting line is shorter than the used textwidth  it  is  left
-" untouched.
-"
-" All space runs in the line  are  truncated  before  the  alignment  is
-" carried out.
-"
-" If you have set 'noexpandtab', :retab!  is used to replace space  runs
-"  with whitespace  using  the  value  of  'tabstop'.   This  should  be
-" conformant with :left, :right and :center.
-"
-" If joinspaces is set, an extra space is added after '.', '?' and  '!'.
-" If 'cpooptions' include 'j', extra space  is  only  added  after  '.'.
-" (This may on occasion conflict with maxspaces.)
-
-
-" Related mappings:
-"
-" Mappings that will align text using the current text width,  using  at
-" most four spaces in a  space  run  and  keeping  current  indentation.
-nmap _j :%call Justify('tw',4)<CR>
-vmap _j :call Justify('tw',4)<CR>
-"
-" Mappings that will remove space runs and format lines (might be useful
-" prior to aligning the text).
-nmap ,gq :%s/\s\+/ /g<CR>gq1G
-vmap ,gq :s/\s\+/ /g<CR>gvgq
-
-
-" User defined command:
-"
-" The following is an ex command that works as a shortcut to the Justify
-" function.  Arguments to Justify() can  be  added  after  the  command.
-com! -range -nargs=* Justify <line1>,<line2>call Justify(<f-args>)
-"
-" The following commands are all equivalent:
-"
-" 1. Simplest use of Justify():
-"       :call Justify()
-"       :Justify
-"
-" 2. The _j mapping above via the ex command:
-"       :%Justify tw 4
-"
-" 3.  Justify  visualised  text  at  72nd  column  while  indenting  all
-" previously indented text two shiftwidths
-"       :'<,'>call Justify(72,'','2sw')
-"       :'<,'>Justify 72 -1 2sw
-"
-" This documentation has been justified  using  the  following  command:
-":se et|kz|1;/^" function Justify(/+,'z-g/^" /s/^" //|call Justify(70,3)|s/^/" /
-
-" Revisions:
-" 001103: If 'joinspaces' was set, calculations could be wrong.
-"	  Tabs at start of line could also lead to errors.
-"	  Use setline() instead of "exec 's/foo/bar/' - safer.
-"	  Cleaned up the code a bit.
-"
-" Todo:	  Convert maps to the new script specific form
-
-" Error function
-function! Justify_error(message)
-    echohl Error
-    echo "Justify([tw, [maxspaces [, indent]]]): " . a:message
-    echohl None
-endfunction
-
-
-" Now for the real thing
-function! Justify(...) range
-
-    if a:0 > 3
-    call Justify_error("Too many arguments (max 3)")
-    return 1
-    endif
-
-    " Set textwidth (accept 'tw' and '' as arguments)
-    if a:0 >= 1
-	if a:1 =~ '^\(tw\)\=$'
-	    let tw = &tw
-	elseif a:1 =~ '^\d\+$'
-	    let tw = a:1
-	else
-	    call Justify_error("tw must be a number (>0), '' or 'tw'")
-	    return 2
-	endif
-    else
-	let tw = &tw
-    endif
-    if tw == 0
-	let tw = 80
-    endif
-
-    " Set maximum number of spaces between WORDs
-    if a:0 >= 2
-	if a:2 == ''
-	    let maxspaces = tw
-	elseif a:2 =~ '^-\d\+$'
-	    let maxspaces = tw
-	elseif a:2 =~ '^\d\+$'
-	    let maxspaces = a:2
-	else
-	    call Justify_error("maxspaces must be a number or ''")
-	    return 3
-	endif
-    else
-	let maxspaces = tw
-    endif
-    if maxspaces <= 1
-	call Justify_error("maxspaces should be larger than 1")
-	return 4
-    endif
-
-    " Set the indentation style (accept sw and ts units)
-    let indent_fix = ''
-    if a:0 >= 3
-	if (a:3 == '') || a:3 =~ '^-[1-9]\d*\(shiftwidth\|sw\|tabstop\|ts\)\=$'
-	    let indent = -1
-	elseif a:3 =~ '^-\=0\(shiftwidth\|sw\|tabstop\|ts\)\=$'
-	    let indent = 0
-	elseif a:3 =~ '^\d\+\(shiftwidth\|sw\|tabstop\|ts\)\=$'
-	    let indent = substitute(a:3, '\D', '', 'g')
-	elseif a:3 =~ '^\(shiftwidth\|sw\|tabstop\|ts\)$'
-	    let indent = 1
-	else
-	    call Justify_error("indent: a number with 'sw'/'ts' unit")
-	    return 5
-	endif
-	if indent >= 0
-	    while indent > 0
-		let indent_fix = indent_fix . ' '
-		let indent = indent - 1
-	    endwhile
-	    let indent_sw = 0
-	    if a:3 =~ '\(shiftwidth\|sw\)'
-		let indent_sw = &sw
-	    elseif a:3 =~ '\(tabstop\|ts\)'
-		let indent_sw = &ts
-	    endif
-	    let indent_fix2 = ''
-	    while indent_sw > 0
-		let indent_fix2 = indent_fix2 . indent_fix
-		let indent_sw = indent_sw - 1
-	    endwhile
-	    let indent_fix = indent_fix2
-	endif
-    else
-	let indent = -1
-    endif
-
-    " Avoid substitution reports
-    let save_report = &report
-    set report=1000000
-
-    " Check 'joinspaces' and 'cpo'
-    if &js == 1
-	if &cpo =~ 'j'
-	    let join_str = '\(\. \)'
-	else
-	    let join_str = '\([.!?!] \)'
-	endif
-    endif
-
-    let cur = a:firstline
-    while cur <= a:lastline
-
-	let str_orig = getline(cur)
-	let save_et = &et
-	set et
-	exec cur . "retab"
-	let &et = save_et
-	let str = getline(cur)
-
-	let indent_str = indent_fix
-	let indent_n = strlen(indent_str)
-	" Shall we remember the current indentation
-	if indent < 0
-	    let indent_orig = matchstr(str_orig, '^\s*')
-	    if strlen(indent_orig) > 0
-		let indent_str = indent_orig
-		let indent_n = strlen(matchstr(str, '^\s*'))
-	    endif
-	endif
-
-	" Trim trailing, leading and running whitespace
-	let str = substitute(str, '\s\+$', '', '')
-	let str = substitute(str, '^\s\+', '', '')
-	let str = substitute(str, '\s\+', ' ', 'g')
-	let str_n = strdisplaywidth(str)
-
-	" Possible addition of space after punctuation
-	if exists("join_str")
-	    let str = substitute(str, join_str, '\1 ', 'g')
-	endif
-	let join_n = strdisplaywidth(str) - str_n
-
-	" Can extraspaces be added?
-	" Note that str_n may be less than strlen(str) [joinspaces above]
-	if strdisplaywidth(str) <= tw - indent_n && str_n > 0
-	    " How many spaces should be added
-	    let s_add = tw - str_n - indent_n - join_n
-	    let s_nr  = strlen(substitute(str, '\S', '', 'g') ) - join_n
-	    let s_dup = s_add / s_nr
-	    let s_mod = s_add % s_nr
-
-	    " Test if the changed line fits with tw
-	    if 0 <= (str_n + (maxspaces - 1)*s_nr + indent_n) - tw
-
-		" Duplicate spaces
-		while s_dup > 0
-		    let str = substitute(str, '\( \+\)', ' \1', 'g')
-		    let s_dup = s_dup - 1
-		endwhile
-
-		" Add extra spaces from the end
-		while s_mod > 0
-		    let str = substitute(str, '\(\(\s\+\S\+\)\{' . s_mod .  '}\)$', ' \1', '')
-		    let s_mod = s_mod - 1
-		endwhile
-
-		" Indent the line
-		if indent_n > 0
-		    let str = substitute(str, '^', indent_str, '' )
-		endif
-
-		" Replace the line
-		call setline(cur, str)
-
-		" Convert to whitespace
-		if &et == 0
-		    exec cur . 'retab!'
-		endif
-
-	    endif   " Change of line
-	endif	" Possible change
-
-	let cur = cur + 1
-    endwhile
-
-    norm ^
-
-    let &report = save_report
-
-endfunction
-
-" EOF	vim: tw=78 ts=8 sw=4 sts=4 noet ai
+" Load the justify package.
+" For those users who were loading the justify plugin from here.
+packadd justify
@@ -1,813 +1,3 @@
-"  matchit.vim: (global plugin) Extended "%" matching
-"  Last Change: Fri Jan 25 10:00 AM 2008 EST
-"  Maintainer:  Benji Fisher PhD   <benji@member.AMS.org>
-"  Version:     1.13.2, for Vim 6.3+
-"  URL:		http://www.vim.org/script.php?script_id=39
-
-" Documentation:
-"  The documentation is in a separate file, matchit.txt .
-
-" Credits:
-"  Vim editor by Bram Moolenaar (Thanks, Bram!)
-"  Original script and design by Raul Segura Acevedo
-"  Support for comments by Douglas Potts
-"  Support for back references and other improvements by Benji Fisher
-"  Support for many languages by Johannes Zellner
-"  Suggestions for improvement, bug reports, and support for additional
-"  languages by Jordi-Albert Batalla, Neil Bird, Servatius Brandt, Mark
-"  Collett, Stephen Wall, Dany St-Amant, Yuheng Xie, and Johannes Zellner.
-
-" Debugging:
-"  If you'd like to try the built-in debugging commands...
-"   :MatchDebug      to activate debugging for the current buffer
-"  This saves the values of several key script variables as buffer-local
-"  variables.  See the MatchDebug() function, below, for details.
-
-" TODO:  I should think about multi-line patterns for b:match_words.
-"   This would require an option:  how many lines to scan (default 1).
-"   This would be useful for Python, maybe also for *ML.
-" TODO:  Maybe I should add a menu so that people will actually use some of
-"   the features that I have implemented.
-" TODO:  Eliminate the MultiMatch function.  Add yet another argument to
-"   Match_wrapper() instead.
-" TODO:  Allow :let b:match_words = '\(\(foo\)\(bar\)\):\3\2:end\1'
-" TODO:  Make backrefs safer by using '\V' (very no-magic).
-" TODO:  Add a level of indirection, so that custom % scripts can use my
-"   work but extend it.
-
-" allow user to prevent loading
-" and prevent duplicate loading
-if exists("loaded_matchit") || &cp
-  finish
-endif
-let loaded_matchit = 1
-let s:last_mps = ""
-let s:last_words = ":"
-
-let s:save_cpo = &cpo
-set cpo&vim
-
-nnoremap <silent> %  :<C-U>call <SID>Match_wrapper('',1,'n') <CR>
-nnoremap <silent> g% :<C-U>call <SID>Match_wrapper('',0,'n') <CR>
-vnoremap <silent> %  :<C-U>call <SID>Match_wrapper('',1,'v') <CR>m'gv``
-vnoremap <silent> g% :<C-U>call <SID>Match_wrapper('',0,'v') <CR>m'gv``
-onoremap <silent> %  v:<C-U>call <SID>Match_wrapper('',1,'o') <CR>
-onoremap <silent> g% v:<C-U>call <SID>Match_wrapper('',0,'o') <CR>
-
-" Analogues of [{ and ]} using matching patterns:
-nnoremap <silent> [% :<C-U>call <SID>MultiMatch("bW", "n") <CR>
-nnoremap <silent> ]% :<C-U>call <SID>MultiMatch("W",  "n") <CR>
-vmap [% <Esc>[%m'gv``
-vmap ]% <Esc>]%m'gv``
-" vnoremap <silent> [% :<C-U>call <SID>MultiMatch("bW", "v") <CR>m'gv``
-" vnoremap <silent> ]% :<C-U>call <SID>MultiMatch("W",  "v") <CR>m'gv``
-onoremap <silent> [% v:<C-U>call <SID>MultiMatch("bW", "o") <CR>
-onoremap <silent> ]% v:<C-U>call <SID>MultiMatch("W",  "o") <CR>
-
-" text object:
-vmap a% <Esc>[%v]%
-
-" Auto-complete mappings:  (not yet "ready for prime time")
-" TODO Read :help write-plugin for the "right" way to let the user
-" specify a key binding.
-"   let g:match_auto = '<C-]>'
-"   let g:match_autoCR = '<C-CR>'
-" if exists("g:match_auto")
-"   execute "inoremap " . g:match_auto . ' x<Esc>"=<SID>Autocomplete()<CR>Pls'
-" endif
-" if exists("g:match_autoCR")
-"   execute "inoremap " . g:match_autoCR . ' <CR><C-R>=<SID>Autocomplete()<CR>'
-" endif
-" if exists("g:match_gthhoh")
-"   execute "inoremap " . g:match_gthhoh . ' <C-O>:call <SID>Gthhoh()<CR>'
-" endif " gthhoh = "Get the heck out of here!"
-
-let s:notslash = '\\\@<!\%(\\\\\)*'
-
-function! s:Match_wrapper(word, forward, mode) range
-  " In s:CleanUp(), :execute "set" restore_options .
-  let restore_options = (&ic ? " " : " no") . "ignorecase"
-  if exists("b:match_ignorecase")
-    let &ignorecase = b:match_ignorecase
-  endif
-  let restore_options = " ve=" . &ve . restore_options
-  set ve=
-  " If this function was called from Visual mode, make sure that the cursor
-  " is at the correct end of the Visual range:
-  if a:mode == "v"
-    execute "normal! gv\<Esc>"
-  endif
-  " In s:CleanUp(), we may need to check whether the cursor moved forward.
-  let startline = line(".")
-  let startcol = col(".")
-  " Use default behavior if called with a count.
-  if v:count
-    exe "normal! " . v:count . "%"
-    return s:CleanUp(restore_options, a:mode, startline, startcol)
-  end
-
-  " First step:  if not already done, set the script variables
-  "   s:do_BR	flag for whether there are backrefs
-  "   s:pat	parsed version of b:match_words
-  "   s:all	regexp based on s:pat and the default groups
-  "
-  if !exists("b:match_words") || b:match_words == ""
-    let match_words = ""
-    " Allow b:match_words = "GetVimMatchWords()" .
-  elseif b:match_words =~ ":"
-    let match_words = b:match_words
-  else
-    execute "let match_words =" b:match_words
-  endif
-" Thanks to Preben "Peppe" Guldberg and Bram Moolenaar for this suggestion!
-  if (match_words != s:last_words) || (&mps != s:last_mps) ||
-    \ exists("b:match_debug")
-    let s:last_words = match_words
-    let s:last_mps = &mps
-    " The next several lines were here before
-    " BF started messing with this script.
-    " quote the special chars in 'matchpairs', replace [,:] with \| and then
-    " append the builtin pairs (/*, */, #if, #ifdef, #else, #elif, #endif)
-    " let default = substitute(escape(&mps, '[$^.*~\\/?]'), '[,:]\+',
-    "  \ '\\|', 'g').'\|\/\*\|\*\/\|#if\>\|#ifdef\>\|#else\>\|#elif\>\|#endif\>'
-    let default = escape(&mps, '[$^.*~\\/?]') . (strlen(&mps) ? "," : "") .
-      \ '\/\*:\*\/,#\s*if\%(def\)\=:#\s*else\>:#\s*elif\>:#\s*endif\>'
-    " s:all = pattern with all the keywords
-    let match_words = match_words . (strlen(match_words) ? "," : "") . default
-    if match_words !~ s:notslash . '\\\d'
-      let s:do_BR = 0
-      let s:pat = match_words
-    else
-      let s:do_BR = 1
-      let s:pat = s:ParseWords(match_words)
-    endif
-    let s:all = substitute(s:pat, s:notslash . '\zs[,:]\+', '\\|', 'g')
-    let s:all = '\%(' . s:all . '\)'
-    " let s:all = '\%(' . substitute(s:all, '\\\ze[,:]', '', 'g') . '\)'
-    if exists("b:match_debug")
-      let b:match_pat = s:pat
-    endif
-  endif
-
-  " Second step:  set the following local variables:
-  "     matchline = line on which the cursor started
-  "     curcol    = number of characters before match
-  "     prefix    = regexp for start of line to start of match
-  "     suffix    = regexp for end of match to end of line
-  " Require match to end on or after the cursor and prefer it to
-  " start on or before the cursor.
-  let matchline = getline(startline)
-  if a:word != ''
-    " word given
-    if a:word !~ s:all
-      echohl WarningMsg|echo 'Missing rule for word:"'.a:word.'"'|echohl NONE
-      return s:CleanUp(restore_options, a:mode, startline, startcol)
-    endif
-    let matchline = a:word
-    let curcol = 0
-    let prefix = '^\%('
-    let suffix = '\)$'
-  " Now the case when "word" is not given
-  else	" Find the match that ends on or after the cursor and set curcol.
-    let regexp = s:Wholematch(matchline, s:all, startcol-1)
-    let curcol = match(matchline, regexp)
-    " If there is no match, give up.
-    if curcol == -1
-      return s:CleanUp(restore_options, a:mode, startline, startcol)
-    endif
-    let endcol = matchend(matchline, regexp)
-    let suf = strlen(matchline) - endcol
-    let prefix = (curcol ? '^.*\%'  . (curcol + 1) . 'c\%(' : '^\%(')
-    let suffix = (suf ? '\)\%' . (endcol + 1) . 'c.*$'  : '\)$')
-  endif
-  if exists("b:match_debug")
-    let b:match_match = matchstr(matchline, regexp)
-    let b:match_col = curcol+1
-  endif
-
-  " Third step:  Find the group and single word that match, and the original
-  " (backref) versions of these.  Then, resolve the backrefs.
-  " Set the following local variable:
-  " group = colon-separated list of patterns, one of which matches
-  "       = ini:mid:fin or ini:fin
-  "
-  " Reconstruct the version with unresolved backrefs.
-  let patBR = substitute(match_words.',',
-    \ s:notslash.'\zs[,:]*,[,:]*', ',', 'g')
-  let patBR = substitute(patBR, s:notslash.'\zs:\{2,}', ':', 'g')
-  " Now, set group and groupBR to the matching group: 'if:endif' or
-  " 'while:endwhile' or whatever.  A bit of a kluge:  s:Choose() returns
-  " group . "," . groupBR, and we pick it apart.
-  let group = s:Choose(s:pat, matchline, ",", ":", prefix, suffix, patBR)
-  let i = matchend(group, s:notslash . ",")
-  let groupBR = strpart(group, i)
-  let group = strpart(group, 0, i-1)
-  " Now, matchline =~ prefix . substitute(group,':','\|','g') . suffix
-  if s:do_BR " Do the hard part:  resolve those backrefs!
-    let group = s:InsertRefs(groupBR, prefix, group, suffix, matchline)
-  endif
-  if exists("b:match_debug")
-    let b:match_wholeBR = groupBR
-    let i = matchend(groupBR, s:notslash . ":")
-    let b:match_iniBR = strpart(groupBR, 0, i-1)
-  endif
-
-  " Fourth step:  Set the arguments for searchpair().
-  let i = matchend(group, s:notslash . ":")
-  let j = matchend(group, '.*' . s:notslash . ":")
-  let ini = strpart(group, 0, i-1)
-  let mid = substitute(strpart(group, i,j-i-1), s:notslash.'\zs:', '\\|', 'g')
-  let fin = strpart(group, j)
-  "Un-escape the remaining , and : characters.
-  let ini = substitute(ini, s:notslash . '\zs\\\(:\|,\)', '\1', 'g')
-  let mid = substitute(mid, s:notslash . '\zs\\\(:\|,\)', '\1', 'g')
-  let fin = substitute(fin, s:notslash . '\zs\\\(:\|,\)', '\1', 'g')
-  " searchpair() requires that these patterns avoid \(\) groups.
-  let ini = substitute(ini, s:notslash . '\zs\\(', '\\%(', 'g')
-  let mid = substitute(mid, s:notslash . '\zs\\(', '\\%(', 'g')
-  let fin = substitute(fin, s:notslash . '\zs\\(', '\\%(', 'g')
-  " Set mid.  This is optimized for readability, not micro-efficiency!
-  if a:forward && matchline =~ prefix . fin . suffix
-    \ || !a:forward && matchline =~ prefix . ini . suffix
-    let mid = ""
-  endif
-  " Set flag.  This is optimized for readability, not micro-efficiency!
-  if a:forward && matchline =~ prefix . fin . suffix
-    \ || !a:forward && matchline !~ prefix . ini . suffix
-    let flag = "bW"
-  else
-    let flag = "W"
-  endif
-  " Set skip.
-  if exists("b:match_skip")
-    let skip = b:match_skip
-  elseif exists("b:match_comment") " backwards compatibility and testing!
-    let skip = "r:" . b:match_comment
-  else
-    let skip = 's:comment\|string'
-  endif
-  let skip = s:ParseSkip(skip)
-  if exists("b:match_debug")
-    let b:match_ini = ini
-    let b:match_tail = (strlen(mid) ? mid.'\|' : '') . fin
-  endif
-
-  " Fifth step:  actually start moving the cursor and call searchpair().
-  " Later, :execute restore_cursor to get to the original screen.
-  let restore_cursor = virtcol(".") . "|"
-  normal! g0
-  let restore_cursor = line(".") . "G" .  virtcol(".") . "|zs" . restore_cursor
-  normal! H
-  let restore_cursor = "normal!" . line(".") . "Gzt" . restore_cursor
-  execute restore_cursor
-  call cursor(0, curcol + 1)
-  " normal! 0
-  " if curcol
-  "   execute "normal!" . curcol . "l"
-  " endif
-  if skip =~ 'synID' && !(has("syntax") && exists("g:syntax_on"))
-    let skip = "0"
-  else
-    execute "if " . skip . "| let skip = '0' | endif"
-  endif
-  let sp_return = searchpair(ini, mid, fin, flag, skip)
-  let final_position = "call cursor(" . line(".") . "," . col(".") . ")"
-  " Restore cursor position and original screen.
-  execute restore_cursor
-  normal! m'
-  if sp_return > 0
-    execute final_position
-  endif
-  return s:CleanUp(restore_options, a:mode, startline, startcol, mid.'\|'.fin)
-endfun
-
-" Restore options and do some special handling for Operator-pending mode.
-" The optional argument is the tail of the matching group.
-fun! s:CleanUp(options, mode, startline, startcol, ...)
-  execute "set" a:options
-  " Open folds, if appropriate.
-  if a:mode != "o"
-    if &foldopen =~ "percent"
-      normal! zv
-    endif
-    " In Operator-pending mode, we want to include the whole match
-    " (for example, d%).
-    " This is only a problem if we end up moving in the forward direction.
-  elseif (a:startline < line(".")) ||
-	\ (a:startline == line(".") && a:startcol < col("."))
-    if a:0
-      " Check whether the match is a single character.  If not, move to the
-      " end of the match.
-      let matchline = getline(".")
-      let currcol = col(".")
-      let regexp = s:Wholematch(matchline, a:1, currcol-1)
-      let endcol = matchend(matchline, regexp)
-      if endcol > currcol  " This is NOT off by one!
-	call cursor(0, endcol)
-      endif
-    endif " a:0
-  endif " a:mode != "o" && etc.
-  return 0
-endfun
-
-" Example (simplified HTML patterns):  if
-"   a:groupBR	= '<\(\k\+\)>:</\1>'
-"   a:prefix	= '^.\{3}\('
-"   a:group	= '<\(\k\+\)>:</\(\k\+\)>'
-"   a:suffix	= '\).\{2}$'
-"   a:matchline	=  "123<tag>12" or "123</tag>12"
-" then extract "tag" from a:matchline and return "<tag>:</tag>" .
-fun! s:InsertRefs(groupBR, prefix, group, suffix, matchline)
-  if a:matchline !~ a:prefix .
-    \ substitute(a:group, s:notslash . '\zs:', '\\|', 'g') . a:suffix
-    return a:group
-  endif
-  let i = matchend(a:groupBR, s:notslash . ':')
-  let ini = strpart(a:groupBR, 0, i-1)
-  let tailBR = strpart(a:groupBR, i)
-  let word = s:Choose(a:group, a:matchline, ":", "", a:prefix, a:suffix,
-    \ a:groupBR)
-  let i = matchend(word, s:notslash . ":")
-  let wordBR = strpart(word, i)
-  let word = strpart(word, 0, i-1)
-  " Now, a:matchline =~ a:prefix . word . a:suffix
-  if wordBR != ini
-    let table = s:Resolve(ini, wordBR, "table")
-  else
-    " let table = "----------"
-    let table = ""
-    let d = 0
-    while d < 10
-      if tailBR =~ s:notslash . '\\' . d
-	" let table[d] = d
-	let table = table . d
-      else
-	let table = table . "-"
-      endif
-      let d = d + 1
-    endwhile
-  endif
-  let d = 9
-  while d
-    if table[d] != "-"
-      let backref = substitute(a:matchline, a:prefix.word.a:suffix,
-	\ '\'.table[d], "")
-	" Are there any other characters that should be escaped?
-      let backref = escape(backref, '*,:')
-      execute s:Ref(ini, d, "start", "len")
-      let ini = strpart(ini, 0, start) . backref . strpart(ini, start+len)
-      let tailBR = substitute(tailBR, s:notslash . '\zs\\' . d,
-	\ escape(backref, '\\&'), 'g')
-    endif
-    let d = d-1
-  endwhile
-  if exists("b:match_debug")
-    if s:do_BR
-      let b:match_table = table
-      let b:match_word = word
-    else
-      let b:match_table = ""
-      let b:match_word = ""
-    endif
-  endif
-  return ini . ":" . tailBR
-endfun
-
-" Input a comma-separated list of groups with backrefs, such as
-"   a:groups = '\(foo\):end\1,\(bar\):end\1'
-" and return a comma-separated list of groups with backrefs replaced:
-"   return '\(foo\):end\(foo\),\(bar\):end\(bar\)'
-fun! s:ParseWords(groups)
-  let groups = substitute(a:groups.",", s:notslash.'\zs[,:]*,[,:]*', ',', 'g')
-  let groups = substitute(groups, s:notslash . '\zs:\{2,}', ':', 'g')
-  let parsed = ""
-  while groups =~ '[^,:]'
-    let i = matchend(groups, s:notslash . ':')
-    let j = matchend(groups, s:notslash . ',')
-    let ini = strpart(groups, 0, i-1)
-    let tail = strpart(groups, i, j-i-1) . ":"
-    let groups = strpart(groups, j)
-    let parsed = parsed . ini
-    let i = matchend(tail, s:notslash . ':')
-    while i != -1
-      " In 'if:else:endif', ini='if' and word='else' and then word='endif'.
-      let word = strpart(tail, 0, i-1)
-      let tail = strpart(tail, i)
-      let i = matchend(tail, s:notslash . ':')
-      let parsed = parsed . ":" . s:Resolve(ini, word, "word")
-    endwhile " Now, tail has been used up.
-    let parsed = parsed . ","
-  endwhile " groups =~ '[^,:]'
-  let parsed = substitute(parsed, ',$', '', '')
-  return parsed
-endfun
-
-" TODO I think this can be simplified and/or made more efficient.
-" TODO What should I do if a:start is out of range?
-" Return a regexp that matches all of a:string, such that
-" matchstr(a:string, regexp) represents the match for a:pat that starts
-" as close to a:start as possible, before being preferred to after, and
-" ends after a:start .
-" Usage:
-" let regexp = s:Wholematch(getline("."), 'foo\|bar', col(".")-1)
-" let i      = match(getline("."), regexp)
-" let j      = matchend(getline("."), regexp)
-" let match  = matchstr(getline("."), regexp)
-fun! s:Wholematch(string, pat, start)
-  let group = '\%(' . a:pat . '\)'
-  let prefix = (a:start ? '\(^.*\%<' . (a:start + 2) . 'c\)\zs' : '^')
-  let len = strlen(a:string)
-  let suffix = (a:start+1 < len ? '\(\%>'.(a:start+1).'c.*$\)\@=' : '$')
-  if a:string !~ prefix . group . suffix
-    let prefix = ''
-  endif
-  return prefix . group . suffix
-endfun
-
-" No extra arguments:  s:Ref(string, d) will
-" find the d'th occurrence of '\(' and return it, along with everything up
-" to and including the matching '\)'.
-" One argument:  s:Ref(string, d, "start") returns the index of the start
-" of the d'th '\(' and any other argument returns the length of the group.
-" Two arguments:  s:Ref(string, d, "foo", "bar") returns a string to be
-" executed, having the effect of
-"   :let foo = s:Ref(string, d, "start")
-"   :let bar = s:Ref(string, d, "len")
-fun! s:Ref(string, d, ...)
-  let len = strlen(a:string)
-  if a:d == 0
-    let start = 0
-  else
-    let cnt = a:d
-    let match = a:string
-    while cnt
-      let cnt = cnt - 1
-      let index = matchend(match, s:notslash . '\\(')
-      if index == -1
-	return ""
-      endif
-      let match = strpart(match, index)
-    endwhile
-    let start = len - strlen(match)
-    if a:0 == 1 && a:1 == "start"
-      return start - 2
-    endif
-    let cnt = 1
-    while cnt
-      let index = matchend(match, s:notslash . '\\(\|\\)') - 1
-      if index == -2
-	return ""
-      endif
-      " Increment if an open, decrement if a ')':
-      let cnt = cnt + (match[index]=="(" ? 1 : -1)  " ')'
-      " let cnt = stridx('0(', match[index]) + cnt
-      let match = strpart(match, index+1)
-    endwhile
-    let start = start - 2
-    let len = len - start - strlen(match)
-  endif
-  if a:0 == 1
-    return len
-  elseif a:0 == 2
-    return "let " . a:1 . "=" . start . "| let " . a:2 . "=" . len
-  else
-    return strpart(a:string, start, len)
-  endif
-endfun
-
-" Count the number of disjoint copies of pattern in string.
-" If the pattern is a literal string and contains no '0' or '1' characters
-" then s:Count(string, pattern, '0', '1') should be faster than
-" s:Count(string, pattern).
-fun! s:Count(string, pattern, ...)
-  let pat = escape(a:pattern, '\\')
-  if a:0 > 1
-    let foo = substitute(a:string, '[^'.a:pattern.']', "a:1", "g")
-    let foo = substitute(a:string, pat, a:2, "g")
-    let foo = substitute(foo, '[^' . a:2 . ']', "", "g")
-    return strlen(foo)
-  endif
-  let result = 0
-  let foo = a:string
-  let index = matchend(foo, pat)
-  while index != -1
-    let result = result + 1
-    let foo = strpart(foo, index)
-    let index = matchend(foo, pat)
-  endwhile
-  return result
-endfun
-
-" s:Resolve('\(a\)\(b\)', '\(c\)\2\1\1\2') should return table.word, where
-" word = '\(c\)\(b\)\(a\)\3\2' and table = '-32-------'.  That is, the first
-" '\1' in target is replaced by '\(a\)' in word, table[1] = 3, and this
-" indicates that all other instances of '\1' in target are to be replaced
-" by '\3'.  The hard part is dealing with nesting...
-" Note that ":" is an illegal character for source and target,
-" unless it is preceded by "\".
-fun! s:Resolve(source, target, output)
-  let word = a:target
-  let i = matchend(word, s:notslash . '\\\d') - 1
-  let table = "----------"
-  while i != -2 " There are back references to be replaced.
-    let d = word[i]
-    let backref = s:Ref(a:source, d)
-    " The idea is to replace '\d' with backref.  Before we do this,
-    " replace any \(\) groups in backref with :1, :2, ... if they
-    " correspond to the first, second, ... group already inserted
-    " into backref.  Later, replace :1 with \1 and so on.  The group
-    " number w+b within backref corresponds to the group number
-    " s within a:source.
-    " w = number of '\(' in word before the current one
-    let w = s:Count(
-    \ substitute(strpart(word, 0, i-1), '\\\\', '', 'g'), '\(', '1')
-    let b = 1 " number of the current '\(' in backref
-    let s = d " number of the current '\(' in a:source
-    while b <= s:Count(substitute(backref, '\\\\', '', 'g'), '\(', '1')
-    \ && s < 10
-      if table[s] == "-"
-	if w + b < 10
-	  " let table[s] = w + b
-	  let table = strpart(table, 0, s) . (w+b) . strpart(table, s+1)
-	endif
-	let b = b + 1
-	let s = s + 1
-      else
-	execute s:Ref(backref, b, "start", "len")
-	let ref = strpart(backref, start, len)
-	let backref = strpart(backref, 0, start) . ":". table[s]
-	\ . strpart(backref, start+len)
-	let s = s + s:Count(substitute(ref, '\\\\', '', 'g'), '\(', '1')
-      endif
-    endwhile
-    let word = strpart(word, 0, i-1) . backref . strpart(word, i+1)
-    let i = matchend(word, s:notslash . '\\\d') - 1
-  endwhile
-  let word = substitute(word, s:notslash . '\zs:', '\\', 'g')
-  if a:output == "table"
-    return table
-  elseif a:output == "word"
-    return word
-  else
-    return table . word
-  endif
-endfun
-
-" Assume a:comma = ",".  Then the format for a:patterns and a:1 is
-"   a:patterns = "<pat1>,<pat2>,..."
-"   a:1 = "<alt1>,<alt2>,..."
-" If <patn> is the first pattern that matches a:string then return <patn>
-" if no optional arguments are given; return <patn>,<altn> if a:1 is given.
-fun! s:Choose(patterns, string, comma, branch, prefix, suffix, ...)
-  let tail = (a:patterns =~ a:comma."$" ? a:patterns : a:patterns . a:comma)
-  let i = matchend(tail, s:notslash . a:comma)
-  if a:0
-    let alttail = (a:1 =~ a:comma."$" ? a:1 : a:1 . a:comma)
-    let j = matchend(alttail, s:notslash . a:comma)
-  endif
-  let current = strpart(tail, 0, i-1)
-  if a:branch == ""
-    let currpat = current
-  else
-    let currpat = substitute(current, s:notslash . a:branch, '\\|', 'g')
-  endif
-  while a:string !~ a:prefix . currpat . a:suffix
-    let tail = strpart(tail, i)
-    let i = matchend(tail, s:notslash . a:comma)
-    if i == -1
-      return -1
-    endif
-    let current = strpart(tail, 0, i-1)
-    if a:branch == ""
-      let currpat = current
-    else
-      let currpat = substitute(current, s:notslash . a:branch, '\\|', 'g')
-    endif
-    if a:0
-      let alttail = strpart(alttail, j)
-      let j = matchend(alttail, s:notslash . a:comma)
-    endif
-  endwhile
-  if a:0
-    let current = current . a:comma . strpart(alttail, 0, j-1)
-  endif
-  return current
-endfun
-
-" Call this function to turn on debugging information.  Every time the main
-" script is run, buffer variables will be saved.  These can be used directly
-" or viewed using the menu items below.
-if !exists(":MatchDebug")
-  command! -nargs=0 MatchDebug call s:Match_debug()
-endif
-
-fun! s:Match_debug()
-  let b:match_debug = 1	" Save debugging information.
-  " pat = all of b:match_words with backrefs parsed
-  amenu &Matchit.&pat	:echo b:match_pat<CR>
-  " match = bit of text that is recognized as a match
-  amenu &Matchit.&match	:echo b:match_match<CR>
-  " curcol = cursor column of the start of the matching text
-  amenu &Matchit.&curcol	:echo b:match_col<CR>
-  " wholeBR = matching group, original version
-  amenu &Matchit.wh&oleBR	:echo b:match_wholeBR<CR>
-  " iniBR = 'if' piece, original version
-  amenu &Matchit.ini&BR	:echo b:match_iniBR<CR>
-  " ini = 'if' piece, with all backrefs resolved from match
-  amenu &Matchit.&ini	:echo b:match_ini<CR>
-  " tail = 'else\|endif' piece, with all backrefs resolved from match
-  amenu &Matchit.&tail	:echo b:match_tail<CR>
-  " fin = 'endif' piece, with all backrefs resolved from match
-  amenu &Matchit.&word	:echo b:match_word<CR>
-  " '\'.d in ini refers to the same thing as '\'.table[d] in word.
-  amenu &Matchit.t&able	:echo '0:' . b:match_table . ':9'<CR>
-endfun
-
-" Jump to the nearest unmatched "(" or "if" or "<tag>" if a:spflag == "bW"
-" or the nearest unmatched "</tag>" or "endif" or ")" if a:spflag == "W".
-" Return a "mark" for the original position, so that
-"   let m = MultiMatch("bW", "n") ... execute m
-" will return to the original position.  If there is a problem, do not
-" move the cursor and return "", unless a count is given, in which case
-" go up or down as many levels as possible and again return "".
-" TODO This relies on the same patterns as % matching.  It might be a good
-" idea to give it its own matching patterns.
-fun! s:MultiMatch(spflag, mode)
-  if !exists("b:match_words") || b:match_words == ""
-    return ""
-  end
-  let restore_options = (&ic ? "" : "no") . "ignorecase"
-  if exists("b:match_ignorecase")
-    let &ignorecase = b:match_ignorecase
-  endif
-  let startline = line(".")
-  let startcol = col(".")
-
-  " First step:  if not already done, set the script variables
-  "   s:do_BR	flag for whether there are backrefs
-  "   s:pat	parsed version of b:match_words
-  "   s:all	regexp based on s:pat and the default groups
-  " This part is copied and slightly modified from s:Match_wrapper().
-  let default = escape(&mps, '[$^.*~\\/?]') . (strlen(&mps) ? "," : "") .
-    \ '\/\*:\*\/,#\s*if\%(def\)\=:#\s*else\>:#\s*elif\>:#\s*endif\>'
-  " Allow b:match_words = "GetVimMatchWords()" .
-  if b:match_words =~ ":"
-    let match_words = b:match_words
-  else
-    execute "let match_words =" b:match_words
-  endif
-  if (match_words != s:last_words) || (&mps != s:last_mps) ||
-    \ exists("b:match_debug")
-    let s:last_words = match_words
-    let s:last_mps = &mps
-    if match_words !~ s:notslash . '\\\d'
-      let s:do_BR = 0
-      let s:pat = match_words
-    else
-      let s:do_BR = 1
-      let s:pat = s:ParseWords(match_words)
-    endif
-    let s:all = '\%(' . substitute(s:pat . (strlen(s:pat)?",":"") . default,
-      \	'[,:]\+','\\|','g') . '\)'
-    if exists("b:match_debug")
-      let b:match_pat = s:pat
-    endif
-  endif
-
-  " Second step:  figure out the patterns for searchpair()
-  " and save the screen, cursor position, and 'ignorecase'.
-  " - TODO:  A lot of this is copied from s:Match_wrapper().
-  " - maybe even more functionality should be split off
-  " - into separate functions!
-  let cdefault = (s:pat =~ '[^,]$' ? "," : "") . default
-  let open =  substitute(s:pat . cdefault,
-	\ s:notslash . '\zs:.\{-}' . s:notslash . ',', '\\),\\(', 'g')
-  let open =  '\(' . substitute(open, s:notslash . '\zs:.*$', '\\)', '')
-  let close = substitute(s:pat . cdefault,
-	\ s:notslash . '\zs,.\{-}' . s:notslash . ':', '\\),\\(', 'g')
-  let close = substitute(close, '^.\{-}' . s:notslash . ':', '\\(', '') . '\)'
-  if exists("b:match_skip")
-    let skip = b:match_skip
-  elseif exists("b:match_comment") " backwards compatibility and testing!
-    let skip = "r:" . b:match_comment
-  else
-    let skip = 's:comment\|string'
-  endif
-  let skip = s:ParseSkip(skip)
-  " let restore_cursor = line(".") . "G" . virtcol(".") . "|"
-  " normal! H
-  " let restore_cursor = "normal!" . line(".") . "Gzt" . restore_cursor
-  let restore_cursor = virtcol(".") . "|"
-  normal! g0
-  let restore_cursor = line(".") . "G" .  virtcol(".") . "|zs" . restore_cursor
-  normal! H
-  let restore_cursor = "normal!" . line(".") . "Gzt" . restore_cursor
-  execute restore_cursor
-
-  " Third step: call searchpair().
-  " Replace '\('--but not '\\('--with '\%(' and ',' with '\|'.
-  let openpat =  substitute(open, '\(\\\@<!\(\\\\\)*\)\@<=\\(', '\\%(', 'g')
-  let openpat = substitute(openpat, ',', '\\|', 'g')
-  let closepat = substitute(close, '\(\\\@<!\(\\\\\)*\)\@<=\\(', '\\%(', 'g')
-  let closepat = substitute(closepat, ',', '\\|', 'g')
-  if skip =~ 'synID' && !(has("syntax") && exists("g:syntax_on"))
-    let skip = '0'
-  else
-    execute "if " . skip . "| let skip = '0' | endif"
-  endif
-  mark '
-  let level = v:count1
-  while level
-    if searchpair(openpat, '', closepat, a:spflag, skip) < 1
-      call s:CleanUp(restore_options, a:mode, startline, startcol)
-      return ""
-    endif
-    let level = level - 1
-  endwhile
-
-  " Restore options and return a string to restore the original position.
-  call s:CleanUp(restore_options, a:mode, startline, startcol)
-  return restore_cursor
-endfun
-
-" Search backwards for "if" or "while" or "<tag>" or ...
-" and return "endif" or "endwhile" or "</tag>" or ... .
-" For now, this uses b:match_words and the same script variables
-" as s:Match_wrapper() .  Later, it may get its own patterns,
-" either from a buffer variable or passed as arguments.
-" fun! s:Autocomplete()
-"   echo "autocomplete not yet implemented :-("
-"   if !exists("b:match_words") || b:match_words == ""
-"     return ""
-"   end
-"   let startpos = s:MultiMatch("bW")
-"
-"   if startpos == ""
-"     return ""
-"   endif
-"   " - TODO:  figure out whether 'if' or '<tag>' matched, and construct
-"   " - the appropriate closing.
-"   let matchline = getline(".")
-"   let curcol = col(".") - 1
-"   " - TODO:  Change the s:all argument if there is a new set of match pats.
-"   let regexp = s:Wholematch(matchline, s:all, curcol)
-"   let suf = strlen(matchline) - matchend(matchline, regexp)
-"   let prefix = (curcol ? '^.\{'  . curcol . '}\%(' : '^\%(')
-"   let suffix = (suf ? '\).\{' . suf . '}$'  : '\)$')
-"   " Reconstruct the version with unresolved backrefs.
-"   let patBR = substitute(b:match_words.',', '[,:]*,[,:]*', ',', 'g')
-"   let patBR = substitute(patBR, ':\{2,}', ':', "g")
-"   " Now, set group and groupBR to the matching group: 'if:endif' or
-"   " 'while:endwhile' or whatever.
-"   let group = s:Choose(s:pat, matchline, ",", ":", prefix, suffix, patBR)
-"   let i = matchend(group, s:notslash . ",")
-"   let groupBR = strpart(group, i)
-"   let group = strpart(group, 0, i-1)
-"   " Now, matchline =~ prefix . substitute(group,':','\|','g') . suffix
-"   if s:do_BR
-"     let group = s:InsertRefs(groupBR, prefix, group, suffix, matchline)
-"   endif
-" " let g:group = group
-"
-"   " - TODO:  Construct the closing from group.
-"   let fake = "end" . expand("<cword>")
-"   execute startpos
-"   return fake
-" endfun
-
-" Close all open structures.  "Get the heck out of here!"
-" fun! s:Gthhoh()
-"   let close = s:Autocomplete()
-"   while strlen(close)
-"     put=close
-"     let close = s:Autocomplete()
-"   endwhile
-" endfun
-
-" Parse special strings as typical skip arguments for searchpair():
-"   s:foo becomes (current syntax item) =~ foo
-"   S:foo becomes (current syntax item) !~ foo
-"   r:foo becomes (line before cursor) =~ foo
-"   R:foo becomes (line before cursor) !~ foo
-fun! s:ParseSkip(str)
-  let skip = a:str
-  if skip[1] == ":"
-    if skip[0] == "s"
-      let skip = "synIDattr(synID(line('.'),col('.'),1),'name') =~? '" .
-	\ strpart(skip,2) . "'"
-    elseif skip[0] == "S"
-      let skip = "synIDattr(synID(line('.'),col('.'),1),'name') !~? '" .
-	\ strpart(skip,2) . "'"
-    elseif skip[0] == "r"
-      let skip = "strpart(getline('.'),0,col('.'))=~'" . strpart(skip,2). "'"
-    elseif skip[0] == "R"
-      let skip = "strpart(getline('.'),0,col('.'))!~'" . strpart(skip,2). "'"
-    endif
-  endif
-  return skip
-endfun
-
-let &cpo = s:save_cpo
-unlet s:save_cpo
-
-" vim:sts=2:sw=2:
+" Load the matchit package.
+" For those users who were loading the matchit plugin from here.
+packadd matchit
@@ -1,94 +1,3 @@
-" When you're writing shell scripts and you are in doubt which test to use,
-" which shell environment variables are defined, what the syntax of the case
-" statement is, and you need to invoke 'man sh'?
-"
-" Your problems are over now!
-"
-" Attached is a Vim script file for turning gvim into a shell script editor.
-" It may also be used as an example how to use menus in Vim.
-"
-" Written by: Lennart Schultz <les@dmi.min.dk>
-
-imenu Stmts.for	for  in 
-do
-
-doneki	kk0elli
-imenu Stmts.case	case  in
-) ;;
-esacbki	k0elli
-imenu Stmts.if	if   
-then
-
-fiki	kk0elli
-imenu Stmts.if-else	if   
-then
-
-else
-
-fiki	kki	kk0elli
-imenu Stmts.elif	elif   
-then
-
-ki	kk0elli
-imenu Stmts.while	while   
-do
-
-doneki	kk0elli
-imenu Stmts.break	break 
-imenu Stmts.continue	continue 
-imenu Stmts.function	() {
-
-}ki	k0i
-imenu Stmts.return	return 
-imenu Stmts.return-true	return 0
-imenu Stmts.return-false	return 1
-imenu Stmts.exit	exit 
-imenu Stmts.shift	shift 
-imenu Stmts.trap	trap 
-imenu Test.existence	[ -e  ]hi
-imenu Test.existence - file		[ -f  ]hi
-imenu Test.existence - file (not empty)	[ -s  ]hi
-imenu Test.existence - directory	[ -d  ]hi
-imenu Test.existence - executable	[ -x  ]hi
-imenu Test.existence - readable	[ -r  ]hi
-imenu Test.existence - writable	[ -w  ]hi
-imenu Test.String is empty [ x = "x$" ]hhi
-imenu Test.String is not empty [ x != "x$" ]hhi
-imenu Test.Strings is equal [ "" = "" ]hhhhhhhi
-imenu Test.Strings is not equal [ "" != "" ]hhhhhhhhi
-imenu Test.Values is greater than [  -gt  ]hhhhhhi
-imenu Test.Values is greater equal [  -ge  ]hhhhhhi
-imenu Test.Values is equal [  -eq  ]hhhhhhi
-imenu Test.Values is not equal [  -ne  ]hhhhhhi
-imenu Test.Values is less than [  -lt  ]hhhhhhi
-imenu Test.Values is less equal [  -le  ]hhhhhhi
-imenu ParmSub.Substitute word if parm not set ${:-}hhi
-imenu ParmSub.Set parm to word if not set ${:=}hhi
-imenu ParmSub.Substitute word if parm set else nothing ${:+}hhi
-imenu ParmSub.If parm not set print word and exit ${:?}hhi
-imenu SpShVars.Number of positional parameters ${#}
-imenu SpShVars.All positional parameters (quoted spaces) ${*}
-imenu SpShVars.All positional parameters (unquoted spaces) ${@}
-imenu SpShVars.Flags set ${-}
-imenu SpShVars.Return code of last command ${?}
-imenu SpShVars.Process number of this shell ${$}
-imenu SpShVars.Process number of last background command ${!}
-imenu Environ.HOME ${HOME}
-imenu Environ.PATH ${PATH}
-imenu Environ.CDPATH ${CDPATH}
-imenu Environ.MAIL ${MAIL}
-imenu Environ.MAILCHECK ${MAILCHECK}
-imenu Environ.PS1 ${PS1}
-imenu Environ.PS2 ${PS2}
-imenu Environ.IFS ${IFS}
-imenu Environ.SHACCT ${SHACCT}
-imenu Environ.SHELL ${SHELL}
-imenu Environ.LC_CTYPE ${LC_CTYPE}
-imenu Environ.LC_MESSAGES ${LC_MESSAGES}
-imenu Builtins.cd cd
-imenu Builtins.echo echo
-imenu Builtins.eval eval
-imenu Builtins.exec exec
-imenu Builtins.export export
-imenu Builtins.getopts getopts
-imenu Builtins.hash hash
+" Load the shellmenu package.
+" For those users who were loading the shellmenu plugin from here.
+packadd shellmenu
@@ -1,22 +1,3 @@
-" These macros swap the left and right mouse buttons (for left handed)
-" Don't forget to do ":set mouse=a" or the mouse won't work at all
-noremap	 <LeftMouse>	<RightMouse>
-noremap	 <2-LeftMouse>	<2-RightMouse>
-noremap	 <3-LeftMouse>	<3-RightMouse>
-noremap	 <4-LeftMouse>	<4-RightMouse>
-noremap	 <LeftDrag>	<RightDrag>
-noremap	 <LeftRelease>	<RightRelease>
-noremap	 <RightMouse>	<LeftMouse>
-noremap	 <2-RightMouse>	<2-LeftMouse>
-noremap	 <3-RightMouse>	<3-LeftMouse>
-noremap	 <4-RightMouse>	<4-LeftMouse>
-noremap	 <RightDrag>	<LeftDrag>
-noremap	 <RightRelease>	<LeftRelease>
-noremap	 g<LeftMouse>	<C-RightMouse>
-noremap	 g<RightMouse>	<C-LeftMouse>
-noremap! <LeftMouse>	<RightMouse>
-noremap! <LeftDrag>	<RightDrag>
-noremap! <LeftRelease>	<RightRelease>
-noremap! <RightMouse>	<LeftMouse>
-noremap! <RightDrag>	<LeftDrag>
-noremap! <RightRelease>	<LeftRelease>
+" Load the swapmouse package.
+" For those users who were loading the swapmous plugin from here.
+packadd swapmouse
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " These commands create the option window.
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2016 Feb 21
+" Last Change:	2016 Mar 19

 " If there already is an option window, jump to that one.
 if bufwinnr("option-window") > 0
@@ -1269,6 +1269,8 @@ if has("multi_byte")
  endif
  call append("$", "ambiwidth\twidth of ambiguous width characters")
  call <SID>OptionG("ambw", &ambw)
+  call append("$", "emoji\temoji characters are full width")
+  call <SID>BinOptionG("emo", &emo)
 endif


@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+" Back to Qwerty keyboard after using Dvorak.
+
+iunmap a
+iunmap b
+iunmap c
+iunmap d
+iunmap e
+iunmap f
+iunmap g
+iunmap h
+iunmap i
+iunmap j
+iunmap k
+iunmap l
+iunmap m
+iunmap n
+iunmap o
+iunmap p
+iunmap q
+iunmap r
+iunmap s
+iunmap t
+iunmap u
+iunmap v
+iunmap w
+iunmap x
+iunmap y
+iunmap z
+iunmap ;
+iunmap '
+iunmap "
+iunmap ,
+iunmap .
+iunmap /
+iunmap A
+iunmap B
+iunmap C
+iunmap D
+iunmap E
+iunmap F
+iunmap G
+iunmap H
+iunmap I
+iunmap J
+iunmap K
+iunmap L
+iunmap M
+iunmap N
+iunmap O
+iunmap P
+iunmap Q
+iunmap R
+iunmap S
+iunmap T
+iunmap U
+iunmap V
+iunmap W
+iunmap X
+iunmap Y
+iunmap Z
+iunmap <
+iunmap >
+iunmap ?
+iunmap :
+iunmap [
+iunmap ]
+iunmap {
+iunmap }
+iunmap -
+iunmap _
+iunmap =
+iunmap +
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+" Dvorak keyboard, only in Insert mode.
+"
+" Change "inoremap" to "map!" to also use in Ex mode.
+" Also change disable.vim then: "iunmap" to "unmap!".
+"
+" You may want to add a list of map's too.
+
+inoremap a a
+inoremap b x
+inoremap c j
+inoremap d e
+inoremap e .
+inoremap f u
+inoremap g i
+inoremap h d
+inoremap i c
+inoremap j h
+inoremap k t
+inoremap l n
+inoremap m m
+inoremap n b
+inoremap o r
+inoremap p l
+inoremap q '
+inoremap r p
+inoremap s o
+inoremap t y
+inoremap u g
+inoremap v k
+inoremap w ,
+inoremap x q
+inoremap y f
+inoremap z ;
+inoremap ; s
+inoremap ' -
+inoremap " _
+inoremap , w
+inoremap . v
+inoremap / z
+inoremap A A
+inoremap B X
+inoremap C J
+inoremap D E
+inoremap E >
+inoremap F U
+inoremap G I
+inoremap H D
+inoremap I C
+inoremap J H
+inoremap K T
+inoremap L N
+inoremap M M
+inoremap N B
+inoremap O R
+inoremap P L
+inoremap Q "
+inoremap R P
+inoremap S O
+inoremap T Y
+inoremap U G
+inoremap V K
+inoremap W <
+inoremap X Q
+inoremap Y F
+inoremap Z :
+inoremap < W
+inoremap > V
+inoremap ? Z
+inoremap : S
+inoremap [ /
+inoremap ] =
+inoremap { ?
+inoremap } +
+inoremap - [
+inoremap _ {
+inoremap = ]
+inoremap + }
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+" When using a dvorak keyboard this file may be of help to you.
+" These mappings have been made by Lawrence Kesteloot <kesteloo@cs.unc.edu>.
+" What they do is that the most often used keys, like hjkl, are put in a more
+" easy to use position.
+" It may take some time to learn using this.
+
+if exists("g:loaded_dvorak_plugin")
+  finish
+endif
+let g:loaded_dvorak_plugin = 1
+
+" Key to go into dvorak mode:
+map ,d :runtime dvorak/enable.vim<CR>
+
+" Key to get out of dvorak mode:
+map ,q :runtime dvorak/disable.vim<CR>
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+" Vim Plugin:	Edit the file with an existing Vim if possible
+" Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar
+" Last Change:	2016 Mar 28
+
+" To use add ":packadd! editexisting" in your vimrc file.
+
+" This plugin serves two purposes:
+" 1. On startup, if we were invoked with one file name argument and the file
+"    is not modified then try to find another Vim instance that is editing
+"    this file.  If there is one then bring it to the foreground and exit.
+" 2. When a file is edited and a swap file exists for it, try finding that
+"    other Vim and bring it to the foreground.  Requires Vim 7, because it
+"    uses the SwapExists autocommand event.
+
+" Function that finds the Vim instance that is editing "filename" and brings
+" it to the foreground.
+func s:EditElsewhere(filename)
+  let fname_esc = substitute(a:filename, "'", "''", "g")
+
+  let servers = serverlist()
+  while servers != ''
+    " Get next server name in "servername"; remove it from "servers".
+    let i = match(servers, "\n")
+    if i == -1
+      let servername = servers
+      let servers = ''
+    else
+      let servername = strpart(servers, 0, i)
+      let servers = strpart(servers, i + 1)
+    endif
+
+    " Skip ourselves.
+    if servername ==? v:servername
+      continue
+    endif
+
+    " Check if this server is editing our file.
+    if remote_expr(servername, "bufloaded('" . fname_esc . "')")
+      " Yes, bring it to the foreground.
+      if has("win32")
+	call remote_foreground(servername)
+      endif
+      call remote_expr(servername, "foreground()")
+
+      if remote_expr(servername, "exists('*EditExisting')")
+	" Make sure the file is visible in a window (not hidden).
+	" If v:swapcommand exists and is set, send it to the server.
+	if exists("v:swapcommand")
+	  let c = substitute(v:swapcommand, "'", "''", "g")
+	  call remote_expr(servername, "EditExisting('" . fname_esc . "', '" . c . "')")
+	else
+	  call remote_expr(servername, "EditExisting('" . fname_esc . "', '')")
+	endif
+      endif
+
+      if !(has('vim_starting') && has('gui_running') && has('gui_win32'))
+	" Tell the user what is happening.  Not when the GUI is starting
+	" though, it would result in a message box.
+	echomsg "File is being edited by " . servername
+	sleep 2
+      endif
+      return 'q'
+    endif
+  endwhile
+  return ''
+endfunc
+
+" When the plugin is loaded and there is one file name argument: Find another
+" Vim server that is editing this file right now.
+if argc() == 1 && !&modified
+  if s:EditElsewhere(expand("%:p")) == 'q'
+    quit
+  endif
+endif
+
+" Setup for handling the situation that an existing swap file is found.
+try
+  au! SwapExists * let v:swapchoice = s:EditElsewhere(expand("<afile>:p"))
+catch
+  " Without SwapExists we don't do anything for ":edit" commands
+endtry
+
+" Function used on the server to make the file visible and possibly execute a
+" command.
+func! EditExisting(fname, command)
+  " Get the window number of the file in the current tab page.
+  let winnr = bufwinnr(a:fname)
+  if winnr <= 0
+    " Not found, look in other tab pages.
+    let bufnr = bufnr(a:fname)
+    for i in range(tabpagenr('$'))
+      if index(tabpagebuflist(i + 1), bufnr) >= 0
+	" Make this tab page the current one and find the window number.
+	exe 'tabnext ' . (i + 1)
+	let winnr = bufwinnr(a:fname)
+	break
+      endif
+    endfor
+  endif
+
+  if winnr > 0
+    exe winnr . "wincmd w"
+  elseif exists('*fnameescape')
+    exe "split " . fnameescape(a:fname)
+  else
+    exe "split " . escape(a:fname, " \t\n*?[{`$\\%#'\"|!<")
+  endif
+
+  if a:command != ''
+    exe "normal! " . a:command
+  endif
+
+  redraw
+endfunc
@@ -0,0 +1,316 @@
+" Function to left and right align text.
+"
+" Written by:	Preben "Peppe" Guldberg <c928400@student.dtu.dk>
+" Created:	980806 14:13 (or around that time anyway)
+" Revised:	001103 00:36 (See "Revisions" below)
+
+
+" function Justify( [ textwidth [, maxspaces [, indent] ] ] )
+"
+" Justify()  will  left  and  right  align  a  line  by  filling  in  an
+" appropriate amount of spaces.  Extra  spaces  are  added  to  existing
+" spaces starting from the right side of the line.  As an  example,  the
+" following documentation has been justified.
+"
+" The function takes the following arguments:
+
+" textwidth argument
+" ------------------
+" If not specified, the value of the 'textwidth'  option  is  used.   If
+" 'textwidth' is zero a value of 80 is used.
+"
+" Additionally the arguments 'tw' and '' are  accepted.   The  value  of
+" 'textwidth' will be used. These are handy, if you just want to specify
+" the maxspaces argument.
+
+" maxspaces argument
+" ------------------
+" If specified, alignment will only be done, if the  longest  space  run
+" after alignment is no longer than maxspaces.
+"
+" An argument of '' is accepted, should the user  like  to  specify  all
+" arguments.
+"
+" To aid user defined commands, negative  values  are  accepted  aswell.
+" Using a negative value specifies the default behaviour: any length  of
+" space runs will be used to justify the text.
+
+" indent argument
+" ---------------
+" This argument specifies how a line should be indented. The default  is
+" to keep the current indentation.
+"
+" Negative  values:  Keep  current   amount   of   leading   whitespace.
+" Positive values: Indent all lines with leading whitespace  using  this
+" amount of whitespace.
+"
+" Note that the value 0, needs to be quoted as  a  string.   This  value
+" leads to a left flushed text.
+"
+" Additionally units of  'shiftwidth'/'sw'  and  'tabstop'/'ts'  may  be
+" added. In this case, if the value of indent is positive, the amount of
+" whitespace to be  added  will  be  multiplied  by  the  value  of  the
+" 'shiftwidth' and 'tabstop' settings.  If these  units  are  used,  the
+"  argument must  be  given  as  a  string,  eg.   Justify('','','2sw').
+"
+" If the values of 'sw' or 'tw' are negative, they  are  treated  as  if
+" they were 0, which means that the text is flushed left.  There  is  no
+" check if a negative number prefix is used to  change  the  sign  of  a
+" negative 'sw' or 'ts' value.
+"
+" As with the other arguments,  ''  may  be  used  to  get  the  default
+" behaviour.
+
+
+" Notes:
+"
+" If the line, adjusted for space runs and leading/trailing  whitespace,
+" is wider than the used textwidth, the line will be left untouched  (no
+" whitespace removed).  This should be equivalent to  the  behaviour  of
+" :left, :right and :center.
+"
+" If the resulting line is shorter than the used textwidth  it  is  left
+" untouched.
+"
+" All space runs in the line  are  truncated  before  the  alignment  is
+" carried out.
+"
+" If you have set 'noexpandtab', :retab!  is used to replace space  runs
+"  with whitespace  using  the  value  of  'tabstop'.   This  should  be
+" conformant with :left, :right and :center.
+"
+" If joinspaces is set, an extra space is added after '.', '?' and  '!'.
+" If 'cpooptions' include 'j', extra space  is  only  added  after  '.'.
+" (This may on occasion conflict with maxspaces.)
+
+
+" Related mappings:
+"
+" Mappings that will align text using the current text width,  using  at
+" most four spaces in a  space  run  and  keeping  current  indentation.
+nmap _j :%call Justify('tw',4)<CR>
+vmap _j :call Justify('tw',4)<CR>
+"
+" Mappings that will remove space runs and format lines (might be useful
+" prior to aligning the text).
+nmap ,gq :%s/\s\+/ /g<CR>gq1G
+vmap ,gq :s/\s\+/ /g<CR>gvgq
+
+
+" User defined command:
+"
+" The following is an ex command that works as a shortcut to the Justify
+" function.  Arguments to Justify() can  be  added  after  the  command.
+com! -range -nargs=* Justify <line1>,<line2>call Justify(<f-args>)
+"
+" The following commands are all equivalent:
+"
+" 1. Simplest use of Justify():
+"       :call Justify()
+"       :Justify
+"
+" 2. The _j mapping above via the ex command:
+"       :%Justify tw 4
+"
+" 3.  Justify  visualised  text  at  72nd  column  while  indenting  all
+" previously indented text two shiftwidths
+"       :'<,'>call Justify(72,'','2sw')
+"       :'<,'>Justify 72 -1 2sw
+"
+" This documentation has been justified  using  the  following  command:
+":se et|kz|1;/^" function Justify(/+,'z-g/^" /s/^" //|call Justify(70,3)|s/^/" /
+
+" Revisions:
+" 001103: If 'joinspaces' was set, calculations could be wrong.
+"	  Tabs at start of line could also lead to errors.
+"	  Use setline() instead of "exec 's/foo/bar/' - safer.
+"	  Cleaned up the code a bit.
+"
+" Todo:	  Convert maps to the new script specific form
+
+" Error function
+function! Justify_error(message)
+    echohl Error
+    echo "Justify([tw, [maxspaces [, indent]]]): " . a:message
+    echohl None
+endfunction
+
+
+" Now for the real thing
+function! Justify(...) range
+
+    if a:0 > 3
+    call Justify_error("Too many arguments (max 3)")
+    return 1
+    endif
+
+    " Set textwidth (accept 'tw' and '' as arguments)
+    if a:0 >= 1
+	if a:1 =~ '^\(tw\)\=$'
+	    let tw = &tw
+	elseif a:1 =~ '^\d\+$'
+	    let tw = a:1
+	else
+	    call Justify_error("tw must be a number (>0), '' or 'tw'")
+	    return 2
+	endif
+    else
+	let tw = &tw
+    endif
+    if tw == 0
+	let tw = 80
+    endif
+
+    " Set maximum number of spaces between WORDs
+    if a:0 >= 2
+	if a:2 == ''
+	    let maxspaces = tw
+	elseif a:2 =~ '^-\d\+$'
+	    let maxspaces = tw
+	elseif a:2 =~ '^\d\+$'
+	    let maxspaces = a:2
+	else
+	    call Justify_error("maxspaces must be a number or ''")
+	    return 3
+	endif
+    else
+	let maxspaces = tw
+    endif
+    if maxspaces <= 1
+	call Justify_error("maxspaces should be larger than 1")
+	return 4
+    endif
+
+    " Set the indentation style (accept sw and ts units)
+    let indent_fix = ''
+    if a:0 >= 3
+	if (a:3 == '') || a:3 =~ '^-[1-9]\d*\(shiftwidth\|sw\|tabstop\|ts\)\=$'
+	    let indent = -1
+	elseif a:3 =~ '^-\=0\(shiftwidth\|sw\|tabstop\|ts\)\=$'
+	    let indent = 0
+	elseif a:3 =~ '^\d\+\(shiftwidth\|sw\|tabstop\|ts\)\=$'
+	    let indent = substitute(a:3, '\D', '', 'g')
+	elseif a:3 =~ '^\(shiftwidth\|sw\|tabstop\|ts\)$'
+	    let indent = 1
+	else
+	    call Justify_error("indent: a number with 'sw'/'ts' unit")
+	    return 5
+	endif
+	if indent >= 0
+	    while indent > 0
+		let indent_fix = indent_fix . ' '
+		let indent = indent - 1
+	    endwhile
+	    let indent_sw = 0
+	    if a:3 =~ '\(shiftwidth\|sw\)'
+		let indent_sw = &sw
+	    elseif a:3 =~ '\(tabstop\|ts\)'
+		let indent_sw = &ts
+	    endif
+	    let indent_fix2 = ''
+	    while indent_sw > 0
+		let indent_fix2 = indent_fix2 . indent_fix
+		let indent_sw = indent_sw - 1
+	    endwhile
+	    let indent_fix = indent_fix2
+	endif
+    else
+	let indent = -1
+    endif
+
+    " Avoid substitution reports
+    let save_report = &report
+    set report=1000000
+
+    " Check 'joinspaces' and 'cpo'
+    if &js == 1
+	if &cpo =~ 'j'
+	    let join_str = '\(\. \)'
+	else
+	    let join_str = '\([.!?!] \)'
+	endif
+    endif
+
+    let cur = a:firstline
+    while cur <= a:lastline
+
+	let str_orig = getline(cur)
+	let save_et = &et
+	set et
+	exec cur . "retab"
+	let &et = save_et
+	let str = getline(cur)
+
+	let indent_str = indent_fix
+	let indent_n = strlen(indent_str)
+	" Shall we remember the current indentation
+	if indent < 0
+	    let indent_orig = matchstr(str_orig, '^\s*')
+	    if strlen(indent_orig) > 0
+		let indent_str = indent_orig
+		let indent_n = strlen(matchstr(str, '^\s*'))
+	    endif
+	endif
+
+	" Trim trailing, leading and running whitespace
+	let str = substitute(str, '\s\+$', '', '')
+	let str = substitute(str, '^\s\+', '', '')
+	let str = substitute(str, '\s\+', ' ', 'g')
+	let str_n = strdisplaywidth(str)
+
+	" Possible addition of space after punctuation
+	if exists("join_str")
+	    let str = substitute(str, join_str, '\1 ', 'g')
+	endif
+	let join_n = strdisplaywidth(str) - str_n
+
+	" Can extraspaces be added?
+	" Note that str_n may be less than strlen(str) [joinspaces above]
+	if strdisplaywidth(str) <= tw - indent_n && str_n > 0
+	    " How many spaces should be added
+	    let s_add = tw - str_n - indent_n - join_n
+	    let s_nr  = strlen(substitute(str, '\S', '', 'g') ) - join_n
+	    let s_dup = s_add / s_nr
+	    let s_mod = s_add % s_nr
+
+	    " Test if the changed line fits with tw
+	    if 0 <= (str_n + (maxspaces - 1)*s_nr + indent_n) - tw
+
+		" Duplicate spaces
+		while s_dup > 0
+		    let str = substitute(str, '\( \+\)', ' \1', 'g')
+		    let s_dup = s_dup - 1
+		endwhile
+
+		" Add extra spaces from the end
+		while s_mod > 0
+		    let str = substitute(str, '\(\(\s\+\S\+\)\{' . s_mod .  '}\)$', ' \1', '')
+		    let s_mod = s_mod - 1
+		endwhile
+
+		" Indent the line
+		if indent_n > 0
+		    let str = substitute(str, '^', indent_str, '' )
+		endif
+
+		" Replace the line
+		call setline(cur, str)
+
+		" Convert to whitespace
+		if &et == 0
+		    exec cur . 'retab!'
+		endif
+
+	    endif   " Change of line
+	endif	" Possible change
+
+	let cur = cur + 1
+    endwhile
+
+    norm ^
+
+    let &report = save_report
+
+endfunction
+
+" EOF	vim: tw=78 ts=8 sw=4 sts=4 noet ai
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ For instructions on installing this file, type
 	:help matchit-install
 inside Vim.

-For Vim version 6.3.  Last change:  2007 Aug 29
+For Vim version 6.3.  Last change:  2016 Mar 28


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Benji Fisher
@@ -152,13 +152,10 @@ setting |b:match_skip|.
 ==============================================================================
 2. Activation						*matchit-activate*

-You can use this script as a plugin, by copying it to your plugin directory.
-See |add-global-plugin| for instructions.  You can also add a line to your
-|vimrc| file, such as >
-	:source $VIMRUNTIME/macros/matchit.vim
-or >
-	:runtime macros/matchit.vim
-Either way, the script should start working the next time you start up Vim.
+To use the matchit plugin add this line to your |vimrc|: >
+	packadd! matchit
+
+The script should start working the next time you start Vim.

 (Earlier versions of the script did nothing unless a |buffer-variable| named
 |b:match_words| was defined.  Even earlier versions contained autocommands
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+:MatchDebug	matchit.txt	/*:MatchDebug*
+MatchError	matchit.txt	/*MatchError*
+[%	matchit.txt	/*[%*
+]%	matchit.txt	/*]%*
+b:match_col	matchit.txt	/*b:match_col*
+b:match_debug	matchit.txt	/*b:match_debug*
+b:match_ignorecase	matchit.txt	/*b:match_ignorecase*
+b:match_ini	matchit.txt	/*b:match_ini*
+b:match_iniBR	matchit.txt	/*b:match_iniBR*
+b:match_match	matchit.txt	/*b:match_match*
+b:match_pat	matchit.txt	/*b:match_pat*
+b:match_skip	matchit.txt	/*b:match_skip*
+b:match_table	matchit.txt	/*b:match_table*
+b:match_tail	matchit.txt	/*b:match_tail*
+b:match_wholeBR	matchit.txt	/*b:match_wholeBR*
+b:match_word	matchit.txt	/*b:match_word*
+b:match_words	matchit.txt	/*b:match_words*
+g%	matchit.txt	/*g%*
+matchit	matchit.txt	/*matchit*
+matchit-%	matchit.txt	/*matchit-%*
+matchit-\1	matchit.txt	/*matchit-\\1*
+matchit-activate	matchit.txt	/*matchit-activate*
+matchit-backref	matchit.txt	/*matchit-backref*
+matchit-bugs	matchit.txt	/*matchit-bugs*
+matchit-choose	matchit.txt	/*matchit-choose*
+matchit-configure	matchit.txt	/*matchit-configure*
+matchit-debug	matchit.txt	/*matchit-debug*
+matchit-details	matchit.txt	/*matchit-details*
+matchit-highlight	matchit.txt	/*matchit-highlight*
+matchit-hl	matchit.txt	/*matchit-hl*
+matchit-intro	matchit.txt	/*matchit-intro*
+matchit-languages	matchit.txt	/*matchit-languages*
+matchit-modes	matchit.txt	/*matchit-modes*
+matchit-newlang	matchit.txt	/*matchit-newlang*
+matchit-o_%	matchit.txt	/*matchit-o_%*
+matchit-parse	matchit.txt	/*matchit-parse*
+matchit-s:notend	matchit.txt	/*matchit-s:notend*
+matchit-s:sol	matchit.txt	/*matchit-s:sol*
+matchit-spaces	matchit.txt	/*matchit-spaces*
+matchit-troubleshoot	matchit.txt	/*matchit-troubleshoot*
+matchit-v_%	matchit.txt	/*matchit-v_%*
+matchit.txt	matchit.txt	/*matchit.txt*
+matchit.vim	matchit.txt	/*matchit.vim*
+o_[%	matchit.txt	/*o_[%*
+o_]%	matchit.txt	/*o_]%*
+o_g%	matchit.txt	/*o_g%*
+v_[%	matchit.txt	/*v_[%*
+v_]%	matchit.txt	/*v_]%*
+v_a%	matchit.txt	/*v_a%*
+v_g%	matchit.txt	/*v_g%*
@@ -0,0 +1,813 @@
+"  matchit.vim: (global plugin) Extended "%" matching
+"  Last Change: Fri Jan 25 10:00 AM 2008 EST
+"  Maintainer:  Benji Fisher PhD   <benji@member.AMS.org>
+"  Version:     1.13.2, for Vim 6.3+
+"  URL:		http://www.vim.org/script.php?script_id=39
+
+" Documentation:
+"  The documentation is in a separate file, matchit.txt .
+
+" Credits:
+"  Vim editor by Bram Moolenaar (Thanks, Bram!)
+"  Original script and design by Raul Segura Acevedo
+"  Support for comments by Douglas Potts
+"  Support for back references and other improvements by Benji Fisher
+"  Support for many languages by Johannes Zellner
+"  Suggestions for improvement, bug reports, and support for additional
+"  languages by Jordi-Albert Batalla, Neil Bird, Servatius Brandt, Mark
+"  Collett, Stephen Wall, Dany St-Amant, Yuheng Xie, and Johannes Zellner.
+
+" Debugging:
+"  If you'd like to try the built-in debugging commands...
+"   :MatchDebug      to activate debugging for the current buffer
+"  This saves the values of several key script variables as buffer-local
+"  variables.  See the MatchDebug() function, below, for details.
+
+" TODO:  I should think about multi-line patterns for b:match_words.
+"   This would require an option:  how many lines to scan (default 1).
+"   This would be useful for Python, maybe also for *ML.
+" TODO:  Maybe I should add a menu so that people will actually use some of
+"   the features that I have implemented.
+" TODO:  Eliminate the MultiMatch function.  Add yet another argument to
+"   Match_wrapper() instead.
+" TODO:  Allow :let b:match_words = '\(\(foo\)\(bar\)\):\3\2:end\1'
+" TODO:  Make backrefs safer by using '\V' (very no-magic).
+" TODO:  Add a level of indirection, so that custom % scripts can use my
+"   work but extend it.
+
+" allow user to prevent loading
+" and prevent duplicate loading
+if exists("loaded_matchit") || &cp
+  finish
+endif
+let loaded_matchit = 1
+let s:last_mps = ""
+let s:last_words = ":"
+
+let s:save_cpo = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+nnoremap <silent> %  :<C-U>call <SID>Match_wrapper('',1,'n') <CR>
+nnoremap <silent> g% :<C-U>call <SID>Match_wrapper('',0,'n') <CR>
+vnoremap <silent> %  :<C-U>call <SID>Match_wrapper('',1,'v') <CR>m'gv``
+vnoremap <silent> g% :<C-U>call <SID>Match_wrapper('',0,'v') <CR>m'gv``
+onoremap <silent> %  v:<C-U>call <SID>Match_wrapper('',1,'o') <CR>
+onoremap <silent> g% v:<C-U>call <SID>Match_wrapper('',0,'o') <CR>
+
+" Analogues of [{ and ]} using matching patterns:
+nnoremap <silent> [% :<C-U>call <SID>MultiMatch("bW", "n") <CR>
+nnoremap <silent> ]% :<C-U>call <SID>MultiMatch("W",  "n") <CR>
+vmap [% <Esc>[%m'gv``
+vmap ]% <Esc>]%m'gv``
+" vnoremap <silent> [% :<C-U>call <SID>MultiMatch("bW", "v") <CR>m'gv``
+" vnoremap <silent> ]% :<C-U>call <SID>MultiMatch("W",  "v") <CR>m'gv``
+onoremap <silent> [% v:<C-U>call <SID>MultiMatch("bW", "o") <CR>
+onoremap <silent> ]% v:<C-U>call <SID>MultiMatch("W",  "o") <CR>
+
+" text object:
+vmap a% <Esc>[%v]%
+
+" Auto-complete mappings:  (not yet "ready for prime time")
+" TODO Read :help write-plugin for the "right" way to let the user
+" specify a key binding.
+"   let g:match_auto = '<C-]>'
+"   let g:match_autoCR = '<C-CR>'
+" if exists("g:match_auto")
+"   execute "inoremap " . g:match_auto . ' x<Esc>"=<SID>Autocomplete()<CR>Pls'
+" endif
+" if exists("g:match_autoCR")
+"   execute "inoremap " . g:match_autoCR . ' <CR><C-R>=<SID>Autocomplete()<CR>'
+" endif
+" if exists("g:match_gthhoh")
+"   execute "inoremap " . g:match_gthhoh . ' <C-O>:call <SID>Gthhoh()<CR>'
+" endif " gthhoh = "Get the heck out of here!"
+
+let s:notslash = '\\\@<!\%(\\\\\)*'
+
+function! s:Match_wrapper(word, forward, mode) range
+  " In s:CleanUp(), :execute "set" restore_options .
+  let restore_options = (&ic ? " " : " no") . "ignorecase"
+  if exists("b:match_ignorecase")
+    let &ignorecase = b:match_ignorecase
+  endif
+  let restore_options = " ve=" . &ve . restore_options
+  set ve=
+  " If this function was called from Visual mode, make sure that the cursor
+  " is at the correct end of the Visual range:
+  if a:mode == "v"
+    execute "normal! gv\<Esc>"
+  endif
+  " In s:CleanUp(), we may need to check whether the cursor moved forward.
+  let startline = line(".")
+  let startcol = col(".")
+  " Use default behavior if called with a count.
+  if v:count
+    exe "normal! " . v:count . "%"
+    return s:CleanUp(restore_options, a:mode, startline, startcol)
+  end
+
+  " First step:  if not already done, set the script variables
+  "   s:do_BR	flag for whether there are backrefs
+  "   s:pat	parsed version of b:match_words
+  "   s:all	regexp based on s:pat and the default groups
+  "
+  if !exists("b:match_words") || b:match_words == ""
+    let match_words = ""
+    " Allow b:match_words = "GetVimMatchWords()" .
+  elseif b:match_words =~ ":"
+    let match_words = b:match_words
+  else
+    execute "let match_words =" b:match_words
+  endif
+" Thanks to Preben "Peppe" Guldberg and Bram Moolenaar for this suggestion!
+  if (match_words != s:last_words) || (&mps != s:last_mps) ||
+    \ exists("b:match_debug")
+    let s:last_words = match_words
+    let s:last_mps = &mps
+    " The next several lines were here before
+    " BF started messing with this script.
+    " quote the special chars in 'matchpairs', replace [,:] with \| and then
+    " append the builtin pairs (/*, */, #if, #ifdef, #else, #elif, #endif)
+    " let default = substitute(escape(&mps, '[$^.*~\\/?]'), '[,:]\+',
+    "  \ '\\|', 'g').'\|\/\*\|\*\/\|#if\>\|#ifdef\>\|#else\>\|#elif\>\|#endif\>'
+    let default = escape(&mps, '[$^.*~\\/?]') . (strlen(&mps) ? "," : "") .
+      \ '\/\*:\*\/,#\s*if\%(def\)\=:#\s*else\>:#\s*elif\>:#\s*endif\>'
+    " s:all = pattern with all the keywords
+    let match_words = match_words . (strlen(match_words) ? "," : "") . default
+    if match_words !~ s:notslash . '\\\d'
+      let s:do_BR = 0
+      let s:pat = match_words
+    else
+      let s:do_BR = 1
+      let s:pat = s:ParseWords(match_words)
+    endif
+    let s:all = substitute(s:pat, s:notslash . '\zs[,:]\+', '\\|', 'g')
+    let s:all = '\%(' . s:all . '\)'
+    " let s:all = '\%(' . substitute(s:all, '\\\ze[,:]', '', 'g') . '\)'
+    if exists("b:match_debug")
+      let b:match_pat = s:pat
+    endif
+  endif
+
+  " Second step:  set the following local variables:
+  "     matchline = line on which the cursor started
+  "     curcol    = number of characters before match
+  "     prefix    = regexp for start of line to start of match
+  "     suffix    = regexp for end of match to end of line
+  " Require match to end on or after the cursor and prefer it to
+  " start on or before the cursor.
+  let matchline = getline(startline)
+  if a:word != ''
+    " word given
+    if a:word !~ s:all
+      echohl WarningMsg|echo 'Missing rule for word:"'.a:word.'"'|echohl NONE
+      return s:CleanUp(restore_options, a:mode, startline, startcol)
+    endif
+    let matchline = a:word
+    let curcol = 0
+    let prefix = '^\%('
+    let suffix = '\)$'
+  " Now the case when "word" is not given
+  else	" Find the match that ends on or after the cursor and set curcol.
+    let regexp = s:Wholematch(matchline, s:all, startcol-1)
+    let curcol = match(matchline, regexp)
+    " If there is no match, give up.
+    if curcol == -1
+      return s:CleanUp(restore_options, a:mode, startline, startcol)
+    endif
+    let endcol = matchend(matchline, regexp)
+    let suf = strlen(matchline) - endcol
+    let prefix = (curcol ? '^.*\%'  . (curcol + 1) . 'c\%(' : '^\%(')
+    let suffix = (suf ? '\)\%' . (endcol + 1) . 'c.*$'  : '\)$')
+  endif
+  if exists("b:match_debug")
+    let b:match_match = matchstr(matchline, regexp)
+    let b:match_col = curcol+1
+  endif
+
+  " Third step:  Find the group and single word that match, and the original
+  " (backref) versions of these.  Then, resolve the backrefs.
+  " Set the following local variable:
+  " group = colon-separated list of patterns, one of which matches
+  "       = ini:mid:fin or ini:fin
+  "
+  " Reconstruct the version with unresolved backrefs.
+  let patBR = substitute(match_words.',',
+    \ s:notslash.'\zs[,:]*,[,:]*', ',', 'g')
+  let patBR = substitute(patBR, s:notslash.'\zs:\{2,}', ':', 'g')
+  " Now, set group and groupBR to the matching group: 'if:endif' or
+  " 'while:endwhile' or whatever.  A bit of a kluge:  s:Choose() returns
+  " group . "," . groupBR, and we pick it apart.
+  let group = s:Choose(s:pat, matchline, ",", ":", prefix, suffix, patBR)
+  let i = matchend(group, s:notslash . ",")
+  let groupBR = strpart(group, i)
+  let group = strpart(group, 0, i-1)
+  " Now, matchline =~ prefix . substitute(group,':','\|','g') . suffix
+  if s:do_BR " Do the hard part:  resolve those backrefs!
+    let group = s:InsertRefs(groupBR, prefix, group, suffix, matchline)
+  endif
+  if exists("b:match_debug")
+    let b:match_wholeBR = groupBR
+    let i = matchend(groupBR, s:notslash . ":")
+    let b:match_iniBR = strpart(groupBR, 0, i-1)
+  endif
+
+  " Fourth step:  Set the arguments for searchpair().
+  let i = matchend(group, s:notslash . ":")
+  let j = matchend(group, '.*' . s:notslash . ":")
+  let ini = strpart(group, 0, i-1)
+  let mid = substitute(strpart(group, i,j-i-1), s:notslash.'\zs:', '\\|', 'g')
+  let fin = strpart(group, j)
+  "Un-escape the remaining , and : characters.
+  let ini = substitute(ini, s:notslash . '\zs\\\(:\|,\)', '\1', 'g')
+  let mid = substitute(mid, s:notslash . '\zs\\\(:\|,\)', '\1', 'g')
+  let fin = substitute(fin, s:notslash . '\zs\\\(:\|,\)', '\1', 'g')
+  " searchpair() requires that these patterns avoid \(\) groups.
+  let ini = substitute(ini, s:notslash . '\zs\\(', '\\%(', 'g')
+  let mid = substitute(mid, s:notslash . '\zs\\(', '\\%(', 'g')
+  let fin = substitute(fin, s:notslash . '\zs\\(', '\\%(', 'g')
+  " Set mid.  This is optimized for readability, not micro-efficiency!
+  if a:forward && matchline =~ prefix . fin . suffix
+    \ || !a:forward && matchline =~ prefix . ini . suffix
+    let mid = ""
+  endif
+  " Set flag.  This is optimized for readability, not micro-efficiency!
+  if a:forward && matchline =~ prefix . fin . suffix
+    \ || !a:forward && matchline !~ prefix . ini . suffix
+    let flag = "bW"
+  else
+    let flag = "W"
+  endif
+  " Set skip.
+  if exists("b:match_skip")
+    let skip = b:match_skip
+  elseif exists("b:match_comment") " backwards compatibility and testing!
+    let skip = "r:" . b:match_comment
+  else
+    let skip = 's:comment\|string'
+  endif
+  let skip = s:ParseSkip(skip)
+  if exists("b:match_debug")
+    let b:match_ini = ini
+    let b:match_tail = (strlen(mid) ? mid.'\|' : '') . fin
+  endif
+
+  " Fifth step:  actually start moving the cursor and call searchpair().
+  " Later, :execute restore_cursor to get to the original screen.
+  let restore_cursor = virtcol(".") . "|"
+  normal! g0
+  let restore_cursor = line(".") . "G" .  virtcol(".") . "|zs" . restore_cursor
+  normal! H
+  let restore_cursor = "normal!" . line(".") . "Gzt" . restore_cursor
+  execute restore_cursor
+  call cursor(0, curcol + 1)
+  " normal! 0
+  " if curcol
+  "   execute "normal!" . curcol . "l"
+  " endif
+  if skip =~ 'synID' && !(has("syntax") && exists("g:syntax_on"))
+    let skip = "0"
+  else
+    execute "if " . skip . "| let skip = '0' | endif"
+  endif
+  let sp_return = searchpair(ini, mid, fin, flag, skip)
+  let final_position = "call cursor(" . line(".") . "," . col(".") . ")"
+  " Restore cursor position and original screen.
+  execute restore_cursor
+  normal! m'
+  if sp_return > 0
+    execute final_position
+  endif
+  return s:CleanUp(restore_options, a:mode, startline, startcol, mid.'\|'.fin)
+endfun
+
+" Restore options and do some special handling for Operator-pending mode.
+" The optional argument is the tail of the matching group.
+fun! s:CleanUp(options, mode, startline, startcol, ...)
+  execute "set" a:options
+  " Open folds, if appropriate.
+  if a:mode != "o"
+    if &foldopen =~ "percent"
+      normal! zv
+    endif
+    " In Operator-pending mode, we want to include the whole match
+    " (for example, d%).
+    " This is only a problem if we end up moving in the forward direction.
+  elseif (a:startline < line(".")) ||
+	\ (a:startline == line(".") && a:startcol < col("."))
+    if a:0
+      " Check whether the match is a single character.  If not, move to the
+      " end of the match.
+      let matchline = getline(".")
+      let currcol = col(".")
+      let regexp = s:Wholematch(matchline, a:1, currcol-1)
+      let endcol = matchend(matchline, regexp)
+      if endcol > currcol  " This is NOT off by one!
+	call cursor(0, endcol)
+      endif
+    endif " a:0
+  endif " a:mode != "o" && etc.
+  return 0
+endfun
+
+" Example (simplified HTML patterns):  if
+"   a:groupBR	= '<\(\k\+\)>:</\1>'
+"   a:prefix	= '^.\{3}\('
+"   a:group	= '<\(\k\+\)>:</\(\k\+\)>'
+"   a:suffix	= '\).\{2}$'
+"   a:matchline	=  "123<tag>12" or "123</tag>12"
+" then extract "tag" from a:matchline and return "<tag>:</tag>" .
+fun! s:InsertRefs(groupBR, prefix, group, suffix, matchline)
+  if a:matchline !~ a:prefix .
+    \ substitute(a:group, s:notslash . '\zs:', '\\|', 'g') . a:suffix
+    return a:group
+  endif
+  let i = matchend(a:groupBR, s:notslash . ':')
+  let ini = strpart(a:groupBR, 0, i-1)
+  let tailBR = strpart(a:groupBR, i)
+  let word = s:Choose(a:group, a:matchline, ":", "", a:prefix, a:suffix,
+    \ a:groupBR)
+  let i = matchend(word, s:notslash . ":")
+  let wordBR = strpart(word, i)
+  let word = strpart(word, 0, i-1)
+  " Now, a:matchline =~ a:prefix . word . a:suffix
+  if wordBR != ini
+    let table = s:Resolve(ini, wordBR, "table")
+  else
+    " let table = "----------"
+    let table = ""
+    let d = 0
+    while d < 10
+      if tailBR =~ s:notslash . '\\' . d
+	" let table[d] = d
+	let table = table . d
+      else
+	let table = table . "-"
+      endif
+      let d = d + 1
+    endwhile
+  endif
+  let d = 9
+  while d
+    if table[d] != "-"
+      let backref = substitute(a:matchline, a:prefix.word.a:suffix,
+	\ '\'.table[d], "")
+	" Are there any other characters that should be escaped?
+      let backref = escape(backref, '*,:')
+      execute s:Ref(ini, d, "start", "len")
+      let ini = strpart(ini, 0, start) . backref . strpart(ini, start+len)
+      let tailBR = substitute(tailBR, s:notslash . '\zs\\' . d,
+	\ escape(backref, '\\&'), 'g')
+    endif
+    let d = d-1
+  endwhile
+  if exists("b:match_debug")
+    if s:do_BR
+      let b:match_table = table
+      let b:match_word = word
+    else
+      let b:match_table = ""
+      let b:match_word = ""
+    endif
+  endif
+  return ini . ":" . tailBR
+endfun
+
+" Input a comma-separated list of groups with backrefs, such as
+"   a:groups = '\(foo\):end\1,\(bar\):end\1'
+" and return a comma-separated list of groups with backrefs replaced:
+"   return '\(foo\):end\(foo\),\(bar\):end\(bar\)'
+fun! s:ParseWords(groups)
+  let groups = substitute(a:groups.",", s:notslash.'\zs[,:]*,[,:]*', ',', 'g')
+  let groups = substitute(groups, s:notslash . '\zs:\{2,}', ':', 'g')
+  let parsed = ""
+  while groups =~ '[^,:]'
+    let i = matchend(groups, s:notslash . ':')
+    let j = matchend(groups, s:notslash . ',')
+    let ini = strpart(groups, 0, i-1)
+    let tail = strpart(groups, i, j-i-1) . ":"
+    let groups = strpart(groups, j)
+    let parsed = parsed . ini
+    let i = matchend(tail, s:notslash . ':')
+    while i != -1
+      " In 'if:else:endif', ini='if' and word='else' and then word='endif'.
+      let word = strpart(tail, 0, i-1)
+      let tail = strpart(tail, i)
+      let i = matchend(tail, s:notslash . ':')
+      let parsed = parsed . ":" . s:Resolve(ini, word, "word")
+    endwhile " Now, tail has been used up.
+    let parsed = parsed . ","
+  endwhile " groups =~ '[^,:]'
+  let parsed = substitute(parsed, ',$', '', '')
+  return parsed
+endfun
+
+" TODO I think this can be simplified and/or made more efficient.
+" TODO What should I do if a:start is out of range?
+" Return a regexp that matches all of a:string, such that
+" matchstr(a:string, regexp) represents the match for a:pat that starts
+" as close to a:start as possible, before being preferred to after, and
+" ends after a:start .
+" Usage:
+" let regexp = s:Wholematch(getline("."), 'foo\|bar', col(".")-1)
+" let i      = match(getline("."), regexp)
+" let j      = matchend(getline("."), regexp)
+" let match  = matchstr(getline("."), regexp)
+fun! s:Wholematch(string, pat, start)
+  let group = '\%(' . a:pat . '\)'
+  let prefix = (a:start ? '\(^.*\%<' . (a:start + 2) . 'c\)\zs' : '^')
+  let len = strlen(a:string)
+  let suffix = (a:start+1 < len ? '\(\%>'.(a:start+1).'c.*$\)\@=' : '$')
+  if a:string !~ prefix . group . suffix
+    let prefix = ''
+  endif
+  return prefix . group . suffix
+endfun
+
+" No extra arguments:  s:Ref(string, d) will
+" find the d'th occurrence of '\(' and return it, along with everything up
+" to and including the matching '\)'.
+" One argument:  s:Ref(string, d, "start") returns the index of the start
+" of the d'th '\(' and any other argument returns the length of the group.
+" Two arguments:  s:Ref(string, d, "foo", "bar") returns a string to be
+" executed, having the effect of
+"   :let foo = s:Ref(string, d, "start")
+"   :let bar = s:Ref(string, d, "len")
+fun! s:Ref(string, d, ...)
+  let len = strlen(a:string)
+  if a:d == 0
+    let start = 0
+  else
+    let cnt = a:d
+    let match = a:string
+    while cnt
+      let cnt = cnt - 1
+      let index = matchend(match, s:notslash . '\\(')
+      if index == -1
+	return ""
+      endif
+      let match = strpart(match, index)
+    endwhile
+    let start = len - strlen(match)
+    if a:0 == 1 && a:1 == "start"
+      return start - 2
+    endif
+    let cnt = 1
+    while cnt
+      let index = matchend(match, s:notslash . '\\(\|\\)') - 1
+      if index == -2
+	return ""
+      endif
+      " Increment if an open, decrement if a ')':
+      let cnt = cnt + (match[index]=="(" ? 1 : -1)  " ')'
+      " let cnt = stridx('0(', match[index]) + cnt
+      let match = strpart(match, index+1)
+    endwhile
+    let start = start - 2
+    let len = len - start - strlen(match)
+  endif
+  if a:0 == 1
+    return len
+  elseif a:0 == 2
+    return "let " . a:1 . "=" . start . "| let " . a:2 . "=" . len
+  else
+    return strpart(a:string, start, len)
+  endif
+endfun
+
+" Count the number of disjoint copies of pattern in string.
+" If the pattern is a literal string and contains no '0' or '1' characters
+" then s:Count(string, pattern, '0', '1') should be faster than
+" s:Count(string, pattern).
+fun! s:Count(string, pattern, ...)
+  let pat = escape(a:pattern, '\\')
+  if a:0 > 1
+    let foo = substitute(a:string, '[^'.a:pattern.']', "a:1", "g")
+    let foo = substitute(a:string, pat, a:2, "g")
+    let foo = substitute(foo, '[^' . a:2 . ']', "", "g")
+    return strlen(foo)
+  endif
+  let result = 0
+  let foo = a:string
+  let index = matchend(foo, pat)
+  while index != -1
+    let result = result + 1
+    let foo = strpart(foo, index)
+    let index = matchend(foo, pat)
+  endwhile
+  return result
+endfun
+
+" s:Resolve('\(a\)\(b\)', '\(c\)\2\1\1\2') should return table.word, where
+" word = '\(c\)\(b\)\(a\)\3\2' and table = '-32-------'.  That is, the first
+" '\1' in target is replaced by '\(a\)' in word, table[1] = 3, and this
+" indicates that all other instances of '\1' in target are to be replaced
+" by '\3'.  The hard part is dealing with nesting...
+" Note that ":" is an illegal character for source and target,
+" unless it is preceded by "\".
+fun! s:Resolve(source, target, output)
+  let word = a:target
+  let i = matchend(word, s:notslash . '\\\d') - 1
+  let table = "----------"
+  while i != -2 " There are back references to be replaced.
+    let d = word[i]
+    let backref = s:Ref(a:source, d)
+    " The idea is to replace '\d' with backref.  Before we do this,
+    " replace any \(\) groups in backref with :1, :2, ... if they
+    " correspond to the first, second, ... group already inserted
+    " into backref.  Later, replace :1 with \1 and so on.  The group
+    " number w+b within backref corresponds to the group number
+    " s within a:source.
+    " w = number of '\(' in word before the current one
+    let w = s:Count(
+    \ substitute(strpart(word, 0, i-1), '\\\\', '', 'g'), '\(', '1')
+    let b = 1 " number of the current '\(' in backref
+    let s = d " number of the current '\(' in a:source
+    while b <= s:Count(substitute(backref, '\\\\', '', 'g'), '\(', '1')
+    \ && s < 10
+      if table[s] == "-"
+	if w + b < 10
+	  " let table[s] = w + b
+	  let table = strpart(table, 0, s) . (w+b) . strpart(table, s+1)
+	endif
+	let b = b + 1
+	let s = s + 1
+      else
+	execute s:Ref(backref, b, "start", "len")
+	let ref = strpart(backref, start, len)
+	let backref = strpart(backref, 0, start) . ":". table[s]
+	\ . strpart(backref, start+len)
+	let s = s + s:Count(substitute(ref, '\\\\', '', 'g'), '\(', '1')
+      endif
+    endwhile
+    let word = strpart(word, 0, i-1) . backref . strpart(word, i+1)
+    let i = matchend(word, s:notslash . '\\\d') - 1
+  endwhile
+  let word = substitute(word, s:notslash . '\zs:', '\\', 'g')
+  if a:output == "table"
+    return table
+  elseif a:output == "word"
+    return word
+  else
+    return table . word
+  endif
+endfun
+
+" Assume a:comma = ",".  Then the format for a:patterns and a:1 is
+"   a:patterns = "<pat1>,<pat2>,..."
+"   a:1 = "<alt1>,<alt2>,..."
+" If <patn> is the first pattern that matches a:string then return <patn>
+" if no optional arguments are given; return <patn>,<altn> if a:1 is given.
+fun! s:Choose(patterns, string, comma, branch, prefix, suffix, ...)
+  let tail = (a:patterns =~ a:comma."$" ? a:patterns : a:patterns . a:comma)
+  let i = matchend(tail, s:notslash . a:comma)
+  if a:0
+    let alttail = (a:1 =~ a:comma."$" ? a:1 : a:1 . a:comma)
+    let j = matchend(alttail, s:notslash . a:comma)
+  endif
+  let current = strpart(tail, 0, i-1)
+  if a:branch == ""
+    let currpat = current
+  else
+    let currpat = substitute(current, s:notslash . a:branch, '\\|', 'g')
+  endif
+  while a:string !~ a:prefix . currpat . a:suffix
+    let tail = strpart(tail, i)
+    let i = matchend(tail, s:notslash . a:comma)
+    if i == -1
+      return -1
+    endif
+    let current = strpart(tail, 0, i-1)
+    if a:branch == ""
+      let currpat = current
+    else
+      let currpat = substitute(current, s:notslash . a:branch, '\\|', 'g')
+    endif
+    if a:0
+      let alttail = strpart(alttail, j)
+      let j = matchend(alttail, s:notslash . a:comma)
+    endif
+  endwhile
+  if a:0
+    let current = current . a:comma . strpart(alttail, 0, j-1)
+  endif
+  return current
+endfun
+
+" Call this function to turn on debugging information.  Every time the main
+" script is run, buffer variables will be saved.  These can be used directly
+" or viewed using the menu items below.
+if !exists(":MatchDebug")
+  command! -nargs=0 MatchDebug call s:Match_debug()
+endif
+
+fun! s:Match_debug()
+  let b:match_debug = 1	" Save debugging information.
+  " pat = all of b:match_words with backrefs parsed
+  amenu &Matchit.&pat	:echo b:match_pat<CR>
+  " match = bit of text that is recognized as a match
+  amenu &Matchit.&match	:echo b:match_match<CR>
+  " curcol = cursor column of the start of the matching text
+  amenu &Matchit.&curcol	:echo b:match_col<CR>
+  " wholeBR = matching group, original version
+  amenu &Matchit.wh&oleBR	:echo b:match_wholeBR<CR>
+  " iniBR = 'if' piece, original version
+  amenu &Matchit.ini&BR	:echo b:match_iniBR<CR>
+  " ini = 'if' piece, with all backrefs resolved from match
+  amenu &Matchit.&ini	:echo b:match_ini<CR>
+  " tail = 'else\|endif' piece, with all backrefs resolved from match
+  amenu &Matchit.&tail	:echo b:match_tail<CR>
+  " fin = 'endif' piece, with all backrefs resolved from match
+  amenu &Matchit.&word	:echo b:match_word<CR>
+  " '\'.d in ini refers to the same thing as '\'.table[d] in word.
+  amenu &Matchit.t&able	:echo '0:' . b:match_table . ':9'<CR>
+endfun
+
+" Jump to the nearest unmatched "(" or "if" or "<tag>" if a:spflag == "bW"
+" or the nearest unmatched "</tag>" or "endif" or ")" if a:spflag == "W".
+" Return a "mark" for the original position, so that
+"   let m = MultiMatch("bW", "n") ... execute m
+" will return to the original position.  If there is a problem, do not
+" move the cursor and return "", unless a count is given, in which case
+" go up or down as many levels as possible and again return "".
+" TODO This relies on the same patterns as % matching.  It might be a good
+" idea to give it its own matching patterns.
+fun! s:MultiMatch(spflag, mode)
+  if !exists("b:match_words") || b:match_words == ""
+    return ""
+  end
+  let restore_options = (&ic ? "" : "no") . "ignorecase"
+  if exists("b:match_ignorecase")
+    let &ignorecase = b:match_ignorecase
+  endif
+  let startline = line(".")
+  let startcol = col(".")
+
+  " First step:  if not already done, set the script variables
+  "   s:do_BR	flag for whether there are backrefs
+  "   s:pat	parsed version of b:match_words
+  "   s:all	regexp based on s:pat and the default groups
+  " This part is copied and slightly modified from s:Match_wrapper().
+  let default = escape(&mps, '[$^.*~\\/?]') . (strlen(&mps) ? "," : "") .
+    \ '\/\*:\*\/,#\s*if\%(def\)\=:#\s*else\>:#\s*elif\>:#\s*endif\>'
+  " Allow b:match_words = "GetVimMatchWords()" .
+  if b:match_words =~ ":"
+    let match_words = b:match_words
+  else
+    execute "let match_words =" b:match_words
+  endif
+  if (match_words != s:last_words) || (&mps != s:last_mps) ||
+    \ exists("b:match_debug")
+    let s:last_words = match_words
+    let s:last_mps = &mps
+    if match_words !~ s:notslash . '\\\d'
+      let s:do_BR = 0
+      let s:pat = match_words
+    else
+      let s:do_BR = 1
+      let s:pat = s:ParseWords(match_words)
+    endif
+    let s:all = '\%(' . substitute(s:pat . (strlen(s:pat)?",":"") . default,
+      \	'[,:]\+','\\|','g') . '\)'
+    if exists("b:match_debug")
+      let b:match_pat = s:pat
+    endif
+  endif
+
+  " Second step:  figure out the patterns for searchpair()
+  " and save the screen, cursor position, and 'ignorecase'.
+  " - TODO:  A lot of this is copied from s:Match_wrapper().
+  " - maybe even more functionality should be split off
+  " - into separate functions!
+  let cdefault = (s:pat =~ '[^,]$' ? "," : "") . default
+  let open =  substitute(s:pat . cdefault,
+	\ s:notslash . '\zs:.\{-}' . s:notslash . ',', '\\),\\(', 'g')
+  let open =  '\(' . substitute(open, s:notslash . '\zs:.*$', '\\)', '')
+  let close = substitute(s:pat . cdefault,
+	\ s:notslash . '\zs,.\{-}' . s:notslash . ':', '\\),\\(', 'g')
+  let close = substitute(close, '^.\{-}' . s:notslash . ':', '\\(', '') . '\)'
+  if exists("b:match_skip")
+    let skip = b:match_skip
+  elseif exists("b:match_comment") " backwards compatibility and testing!
+    let skip = "r:" . b:match_comment
+  else
+    let skip = 's:comment\|string'
+  endif
+  let skip = s:ParseSkip(skip)
+  " let restore_cursor = line(".") . "G" . virtcol(".") . "|"
+  " normal! H
+  " let restore_cursor = "normal!" . line(".") . "Gzt" . restore_cursor
+  let restore_cursor = virtcol(".") . "|"
+  normal! g0
+  let restore_cursor = line(".") . "G" .  virtcol(".") . "|zs" . restore_cursor
+  normal! H
+  let restore_cursor = "normal!" . line(".") . "Gzt" . restore_cursor
+  execute restore_cursor
+
+  " Third step: call searchpair().
+  " Replace '\('--but not '\\('--with '\%(' and ',' with '\|'.
+  let openpat =  substitute(open, '\(\\\@<!\(\\\\\)*\)\@<=\\(', '\\%(', 'g')
+  let openpat = substitute(openpat, ',', '\\|', 'g')
+  let closepat = substitute(close, '\(\\\@<!\(\\\\\)*\)\@<=\\(', '\\%(', 'g')
+  let closepat = substitute(closepat, ',', '\\|', 'g')
+  if skip =~ 'synID' && !(has("syntax") && exists("g:syntax_on"))
+    let skip = '0'
+  else
+    execute "if " . skip . "| let skip = '0' | endif"
+  endif
+  mark '
+  let level = v:count1
+  while level
+    if searchpair(openpat, '', closepat, a:spflag, skip) < 1
+      call s:CleanUp(restore_options, a:mode, startline, startcol)
+      return ""
+    endif
+    let level = level - 1
+  endwhile
+
+  " Restore options and return a string to restore the original position.
+  call s:CleanUp(restore_options, a:mode, startline, startcol)
+  return restore_cursor
+endfun
+
+" Search backwards for "if" or "while" or "<tag>" or ...
+" and return "endif" or "endwhile" or "</tag>" or ... .
+" For now, this uses b:match_words and the same script variables
+" as s:Match_wrapper() .  Later, it may get its own patterns,
+" either from a buffer variable or passed as arguments.
+" fun! s:Autocomplete()
+"   echo "autocomplete not yet implemented :-("
+"   if !exists("b:match_words") || b:match_words == ""
+"     return ""
+"   end
+"   let startpos = s:MultiMatch("bW")
+"
+"   if startpos == ""
+"     return ""
+"   endif
+"   " - TODO:  figure out whether 'if' or '<tag>' matched, and construct
+"   " - the appropriate closing.
+"   let matchline = getline(".")
+"   let curcol = col(".") - 1
+"   " - TODO:  Change the s:all argument if there is a new set of match pats.
+"   let regexp = s:Wholematch(matchline, s:all, curcol)
+"   let suf = strlen(matchline) - matchend(matchline, regexp)
+"   let prefix = (curcol ? '^.\{'  . curcol . '}\%(' : '^\%(')
+"   let suffix = (suf ? '\).\{' . suf . '}$'  : '\)$')
+"   " Reconstruct the version with unresolved backrefs.
+"   let patBR = substitute(b:match_words.',', '[,:]*,[,:]*', ',', 'g')
+"   let patBR = substitute(patBR, ':\{2,}', ':', "g")
+"   " Now, set group and groupBR to the matching group: 'if:endif' or
+"   " 'while:endwhile' or whatever.
+"   let group = s:Choose(s:pat, matchline, ",", ":", prefix, suffix, patBR)
+"   let i = matchend(group, s:notslash . ",")
+"   let groupBR = strpart(group, i)
+"   let group = strpart(group, 0, i-1)
+"   " Now, matchline =~ prefix . substitute(group,':','\|','g') . suffix
+"   if s:do_BR
+"     let group = s:InsertRefs(groupBR, prefix, group, suffix, matchline)
+"   endif
+" " let g:group = group
+"
+"   " - TODO:  Construct the closing from group.
+"   let fake = "end" . expand("<cword>")
+"   execute startpos
+"   return fake
+" endfun
+
+" Close all open structures.  "Get the heck out of here!"
+" fun! s:Gthhoh()
+"   let close = s:Autocomplete()
+"   while strlen(close)
+"     put=close
+"     let close = s:Autocomplete()
+"   endwhile
+" endfun
+
+" Parse special strings as typical skip arguments for searchpair():
+"   s:foo becomes (current syntax item) =~ foo
+"   S:foo becomes (current syntax item) !~ foo
+"   r:foo becomes (line before cursor) =~ foo
+"   R:foo becomes (line before cursor) !~ foo
+fun! s:ParseSkip(str)
+  let skip = a:str
+  if skip[1] == ":"
+    if skip[0] == "s"
+      let skip = "synIDattr(synID(line('.'),col('.'),1),'name') =~? '" .
+	\ strpart(skip,2) . "'"
+    elseif skip[0] == "S"
+      let skip = "synIDattr(synID(line('.'),col('.'),1),'name') !~? '" .
+	\ strpart(skip,2) . "'"
+    elseif skip[0] == "r"
+      let skip = "strpart(getline('.'),0,col('.'))=~'" . strpart(skip,2). "'"
+    elseif skip[0] == "R"
+      let skip = "strpart(getline('.'),0,col('.'))!~'" . strpart(skip,2). "'"
+    endif
+  endif
+  return skip
+endfun
+
+let &cpo = s:save_cpo
+unlet s:save_cpo
+
+" vim:sts=2:sw=2:
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+" When you're writing shell scripts and you are in doubt which test to use,
+" which shell environment variables are defined, what the syntax of the case
+" statement is, and you need to invoke 'man sh'?
+"
+" Your problems are over now!
+"
+" Attached is a Vim script file for turning gvim into a shell script editor.
+" It may also be used as an example how to use menus in Vim.
+"
+" Written by: Lennart Schultz <les@dmi.min.dk>
+
+imenu Stmts.for	for  in 
+do
+
+doneki	kk0elli
+imenu Stmts.case	case  in
+) ;;
+esacbki	k0elli
+imenu Stmts.if	if   
+then
+
+fiki	kk0elli
+imenu Stmts.if-else	if   
+then
+
+else
+
+fiki	kki	kk0elli
+imenu Stmts.elif	elif   
+then
+
+ki	kk0elli
+imenu Stmts.while	while   
+do
+
+doneki	kk0elli
+imenu Stmts.break	break 
+imenu Stmts.continue	continue 
+imenu Stmts.function	() {
+
+}ki	k0i
+imenu Stmts.return	return 
+imenu Stmts.return-true	return 0
+imenu Stmts.return-false	return 1
+imenu Stmts.exit	exit 
+imenu Stmts.shift	shift 
+imenu Stmts.trap	trap 
+imenu Test.existence	[ -e  ]hi
+imenu Test.existence - file		[ -f  ]hi
+imenu Test.existence - file (not empty)	[ -s  ]hi
+imenu Test.existence - directory	[ -d  ]hi
+imenu Test.existence - executable	[ -x  ]hi
+imenu Test.existence - readable	[ -r  ]hi
+imenu Test.existence - writable	[ -w  ]hi
+imenu Test.String is empty [ x = "x$" ]hhi
+imenu Test.String is not empty [ x != "x$" ]hhi
+imenu Test.Strings is equal [ "" = "" ]hhhhhhhi
+imenu Test.Strings is not equal [ "" != "" ]hhhhhhhhi
+imenu Test.Values is greater than [  -gt  ]hhhhhhi
+imenu Test.Values is greater equal [  -ge  ]hhhhhhi
+imenu Test.Values is equal [  -eq  ]hhhhhhi
+imenu Test.Values is not equal [  -ne  ]hhhhhhi
+imenu Test.Values is less than [  -lt  ]hhhhhhi
+imenu Test.Values is less equal [  -le  ]hhhhhhi
+imenu ParmSub.Substitute word if parm not set ${:-}hhi
+imenu ParmSub.Set parm to word if not set ${:=}hhi
+imenu ParmSub.Substitute word if parm set else nothing ${:+}hhi
+imenu ParmSub.If parm not set print word and exit ${:?}hhi
+imenu SpShVars.Number of positional parameters ${#}
+imenu SpShVars.All positional parameters (quoted spaces) ${*}
+imenu SpShVars.All positional parameters (unquoted spaces) ${@}
+imenu SpShVars.Flags set ${-}
+imenu SpShVars.Return code of last command ${?}
+imenu SpShVars.Process number of this shell ${$}
+imenu SpShVars.Process number of last background command ${!}
+imenu Environ.HOME ${HOME}
+imenu Environ.PATH ${PATH}
+imenu Environ.CDPATH ${CDPATH}
+imenu Environ.MAIL ${MAIL}
+imenu Environ.MAILCHECK ${MAILCHECK}
+imenu Environ.PS1 ${PS1}
+imenu Environ.PS2 ${PS2}
+imenu Environ.IFS ${IFS}
+imenu Environ.SHACCT ${SHACCT}
+imenu Environ.SHELL ${SHELL}
+imenu Environ.LC_CTYPE ${LC_CTYPE}
+imenu Environ.LC_MESSAGES ${LC_MESSAGES}
+imenu Builtins.cd cd
+imenu Builtins.echo echo
+imenu Builtins.eval eval
+imenu Builtins.exec exec
+imenu Builtins.export export
+imenu Builtins.getopts getopts
+imenu Builtins.hash hash
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+" These macros swap the left and right mouse buttons (for left handed)
+" Don't forget to do ":set mouse=a" or the mouse won't work at all
+noremap	 <LeftMouse>	<RightMouse>
+noremap	 <2-LeftMouse>	<2-RightMouse>
+noremap	 <3-LeftMouse>	<3-RightMouse>
+noremap	 <4-LeftMouse>	<4-RightMouse>
+noremap	 <LeftDrag>	<RightDrag>
+noremap	 <LeftRelease>	<RightRelease>
+noremap	 <RightMouse>	<LeftMouse>
+noremap	 <2-RightMouse>	<2-LeftMouse>
+noremap	 <3-RightMouse>	<3-LeftMouse>
+noremap	 <4-RightMouse>	<4-LeftMouse>
+noremap	 <RightDrag>	<LeftDrag>
+noremap	 <RightRelease>	<LeftRelease>
+noremap	 g<LeftMouse>	<C-RightMouse>
+noremap	 g<RightMouse>	<C-LeftMouse>
+noremap! <LeftMouse>	<RightMouse>
+noremap! <LeftDrag>	<RightDrag>
+noremap! <LeftRelease>	<RightRelease>
+noremap! <RightMouse>	<LeftMouse>
+noremap! <RightDrag>	<LeftDrag>
+noremap! <RightRelease>	<LeftRelease>
@@ -2,8 +2,8 @@
 " Language:		shell (sh) Korn shell (ksh) bash (sh)
 " Maintainer:		Charles E. Campbell  <NdrOchipS@PcampbellAfamily.Mbiz>
 " Previous Maintainer:	Lennart Schultz <Lennart.Schultz@ecmwf.int>
-" Last Change:		Feb 18, 2016
-" Version:		145
+" Last Change:		Mar 12, 2016
+" Version:		146
 " URL:		http://www.drchip.org/astronaut/vim/index.html#SYNTAX_SH
 " For options and settings, please use:      :help ft-sh-syntax
 " This file includes many ideas from Eric Brunet (eric.brunet@ens.fr)
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ endif

 " Options: {{{1
 " ====================
-syn match   shOption	"\s\zs[-+][-_a-zA-Z0-9#]\+"
+syn match   shOption	"\s\zs[-+][-_a-zA-Z#@]\+"
 syn match   shOption	"\s\zs--[^ \t$`'"|);]\+"

 " File Redirection Highlighted As Operators: {{{1
@@ -317,7 +317,8 @@ syn match   shColon	'^\s*\zs:'

 " String And Character Constants: {{{1
 "================================
-syn match   shNumber	"-\=\<\d\+\>#\="
+syn match   shNumber	"\<\d\+\>#\="
+syn match   shNumber	"-\=\.\=\d\+\>#\="
 syn match   shCtrlSeq	"\\\d\d\d\|\\[abcfnrtv0]"		contained
 if exists("b:is_bash")
 syn match   shSpecial	"\\\o\o\o\|\\x\x\x\|\\c[^"]\|\\[abefnrtv]"	contained
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 " Vim syntax file
 " Language:	TeX
 " Maintainer:	Charles E. Campbell <NdrchipO@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
-" Last Change:	Feb 18, 2016
-" Version:	92
+" Last Change:	Mar 07, 2016
+" Version:	93
 " URL:		http://www.drchip.org/astronaut/vim/index.html#SYNTAX_TEX
 "
 " Notes: {{{1
@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ syn match texTypeStyle		"\\sc\>"
 syn match texTypeStyle		"\\tt\>"

 " Type Styles: attributes, commands, families, etc (LaTeX2E): {{{1
-if s:tex_conceal !~ 'b'
+if s:tex_conceal !~# 'b'
 syn match texTypeStyle		"\\textbf\>"
 syn match texTypeStyle		"\\textit\>"
 endif
@@ -541,7 +541,7 @@ if !exists("g:tex_no_math")
 syn match texOnlyMath		"[_^]"
 endif
 syn match texSpecialChar	"\^\^[0-9a-f]\{2}\|\^\^\S"
-if s:tex_conceal !~ 'S'
+if s:tex_conceal !~# 'S'
 syn match texSpecialChar	'\\glq\>'	contained conceal cchar=‚
 syn match texSpecialChar	'\\grq\>'	contained conceal cchar=‘
 syn match texSpecialChar	'\\glqq\>'	contained conceal cchar=„
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ class ThreadedTCPRequestHandler(socketserver.BaseRequestHandler):
            if data == '':
                print("=== socket closed ===")
                break
-            print("received: {}".format(data))
+            print("received: {0}".format(data))
            try:
                decoded = json.loads(data)
            except ValueError:
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ class ThreadedTCPRequestHandler(socketserver.BaseRequestHandler):
                else:
                    response = "what?"
                encoded = json.dumps([decoded[0], response])
-                print("sending {}".format(encoded))
+                print("sending {0}".format(encoded))
                self.request.sendall(encoded.encode('utf-8'))
        thesocket = None

@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ if __name__ == "__main__":
    server_thread.start()
    print("Server loop running in thread: ", server_thread.name)

-    print("Listening on port {}".format(PORT))
+    print("Listening on port {0}".format(PORT))
    while True:
        typed = sys.stdin.readline()
        if "quit" in typed:
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ if __name__ == "__main__":
        if thesocket is None:
            print("No socket yet")
        else:
-            print("sending {}".format(typed))
+            print("sending {0}".format(typed))
            thesocket.sendall(typed.encode('utf-8'))

    server.shutdown()
@@ -32,8 +32,8 @@ func! ParseFoldProps()
    if line !~ '^#' && line !~ '^\s*$'
      let l = split(line, '\s*;\s*', 1)
      if len(l) != 4
-	echoerr 'Found ' . len(l) . ' items in line ' . lnum . ', expected 4'
-	return
+        echoerr 'Found ' . len(l) . ' items in line ' . lnum . ', expected 4'
+        return
      endif
      call add(s:foldprops, l)
    endif
@@ -50,8 +50,8 @@ func! ParseWidthProps()
    if line !~ '^#' && line !~ '^\s*$'
      let l = split(line, '\s*;\s*', 1)
      if len(l) != 2
-	echoerr 'Found ' . len(l) . ' items in line ' . lnum . ', expected 2'
-	return
+        echoerr 'Found ' . len(l) . ' items in line ' . lnum . ', expected 2'
+        return
      endif
      call add(s:widthprops, l)
    endif
@@ -72,18 +72,18 @@ func! BuildCaseTable(name, index)
      let n = ('0x' . p[0]) + 0
      let nl = ('0x' . p[a:index]) + 0
      if start >= 0 && add == nl - n && (step == 0 || n - end == step)
-	" continue with same range.
-	let step = n - end
-	let end = n
+        " continue with same range.
+        let step = n - end
+        let end = n
      else
-	if start >= 0
-	  " produce previous range
-	  call Range(ranges, start, end, step, add)
-	endif
-	let start = n
-	let end = n
-	let step = 0
-	let add = nl - n
+        if start >= 0
+          " produce previous range
+          call Range(ranges, start, end, step, add)
+        endif
+        let start = n
+        let end = n
+        let step = 0
+        let add = nl - n
      endif
    endif
  endfor
@@ -115,18 +115,18 @@ func! BuildFoldTable()
      let n = ('0x' . p[0]) + 0
      let nl = ('0x' . p[2]) + 0
      if start >= 0 && add == nl - n && (step == 0 || n - end == step)
-	" continue with same range.
-	let step = n - end
-	let end = n
+        " continue with same range.
+        let step = n - end
+        let end = n
      else
-	if start >= 0
-	  " produce previous range
-	  call Range(ranges, start, end, step, add)
-	endif
-	let start = n
-	let end = n
-	let step = 0
-	let add = nl - n
+        if start >= 0
+          " produce previous range
+          call Range(ranges, start, end, step, add)
+        endif
+        let start = n
+        let end = n
+        let step = 0
+        let add = nl - n
      endif
    endif
  endfor
@@ -160,15 +160,15 @@ func! BuildCombiningTable()
    if p[2] == 'Mn' || p[2] == 'Mc' || p[2] == 'Me'
      let n = ('0x' . p[0]) + 0
      if start >= 0 && end + 1 == n
-	" continue with same range.
-	let end = n
+        " continue with same range.
+        let end = n
      else
-	if start >= 0
-	  " produce previous range
-	  call add(ranges, printf("\t{0x%04x, 0x%04x},", start, end))
-	endif
-	let start = n
-	let end = n
+        if start >= 0
+          " produce previous range
+          call add(ranges, printf("\t{0x%04x, 0x%04x},", start, end))
+        endif
+        let start = n
+        let end = n
      endif
    endif
  endfor
@@ -197,47 +197,57 @@ func! BuildWidthTable(pattern, tableName)
  for p in s:widthprops
    if p[1][0] =~ a:pattern
      if p[0] =~ '\.\.'
-	" It is a range.  we don't check for composing char then.
-	let rng = split(p[0], '\.\.')
-	if len(rng) != 2
-	  echoerr "Cannot parse range: '" . p[0] . "' in width table"
-	endif
-	let n = ('0x' . rng[0]) + 0
-	let n_last =  ('0x' . rng[1]) + 0
+        " It is a range.  we don't check for composing char then.
+        let rng = split(p[0], '\.\.')
+        if len(rng) != 2
+          echoerr "Cannot parse range: '" . p[0] . "' in width table"
+        endif
+        let n = ('0x' . rng[0]) + 0
+        let n_last =  ('0x' . rng[1]) + 0
      else
-	let n = ('0x' . p[0]) + 0
-	let n_last = n
+        let n = ('0x' . p[0]) + 0
+        let n_last = n
      endif
      " Find this char in the data table.
      while 1
-	let dn = ('0x' . s:dataprops[dataidx][0]) + 0
-	if dn >= n
-	  break
-	endif
-	let dataidx += 1
+        let dn = ('0x' . s:dataprops[dataidx][0]) + 0
+        if dn >= n
+          break
+        endif
+        let dataidx += 1
      endwhile
      if dn != n && n_last == n
-	echoerr "Cannot find character " . n . " in data table"
+        echoerr "Cannot find character " . n . " in data table"
      endif
      " Only use the char when it's not a composing char.
      " But use all chars from a range.
      let dp = s:dataprops[dataidx]
      if n_last > n || (dp[2] != 'Mn' && dp[2] != 'Mc' && dp[2] != 'Me')
-	if start >= 0 && end + 1 == n
-	  " continue with same range.
-	else
-	  if start >= 0
-	    " produce previous range
-	    call add(ranges, printf("\t{0x%04x, 0x%04x},", start, end))
-	  endif
-	  let start = n
-	endif
-	let end = n_last
+        if start >= 0 && end + 1 == n
+          " continue with same range.
+        else
+          if start >= 0
+            " produce previous range
+            call add(ranges, printf("\t{0x%04x, 0x%04x},", start, end))
+	    if a:pattern == 'A'
+	      call add(s:ambitable, [start, end])
+	    else
+	      call add(s:doubletable, [start, end])
+	    endif
+          endif
+          let start = n
+        endif
+        let end = n_last
      endif
    endif
  endfor
  if start >= 0
    call add(ranges, printf("\t{0x%04x, 0x%04x},", start, end))
+    if a:pattern == 'A'
+      call add(s:ambitable, [start, end])
+    else
+      call add(s:doubletable, [start, end])
+    endif
  endif

  " New buffer to put the result in.
@@ -251,6 +261,84 @@ func! BuildWidthTable(pattern, tableName)
  wincmd p
 endfunc

+" Build the amoji width table in a new buffer.
+func! BuildEmojiTable(pattern, tableName)
+  let alltokens = []
+  let widthtokens = []
+  let lines = map(filter(filter(getline(1, '$'), 'v:val=~"^[1-9]"'), 'v:val=~a:pattern'), 'matchstr(v:val,"^\\S\\+")')
+  for n in range(len(lines))
+    let line = lines[n]
+    let token = split(line, '\.\.')
+    let first = ('0x' . token[0]) + 0
+    if len(token) == 1
+      let last = first
+    else
+      let last = ('0x' . token[1]) + 0
+    endif
+
+    let token = [first, last]
+    if len(alltokens) > 0 && (token[0] - 1 == alltokens[-1][1])
+      let alltokens[-1][1] = token[1]
+    else
+      call add(alltokens, token)
+    endif
+
+    " Characters below 1F000 may be considered single width traditionally,
+    " making them double width causes problems.
+    if first < 0x1f000
+      continue
+    endif
+
+    " exclude characters that are in the "ambiguous" or "doublewidth" table
+    for ambi in s:ambitable
+      if first >= ambi[0] && first <= ambi[1]
+	let first = ambi[1] + 1
+      endif
+      if last >= ambi[0] && last <= ambi[1]
+	let last = ambi[0] - 1
+      endif
+    endfor
+    for double in s:doubletable
+      if first >= double[0] && first <= double[1]
+	let first = double[1] + 1
+      endif
+      if last >= double[0] && last <= double[1]
+	let last = double[0] - 1
+      endif
+    endfor
+
+    if first <= last
+      let token = [first, last]
+      if len(widthtokens) > 0 && (token[0] - 1 == widthtokens[-1][1])
+	let widthtokens[-1][1] = token[1]
+      else
+	call add(widthtokens, token)
+      endif
+    endif
+  endfor
+  let allranges = map(alltokens, 'printf("\t{0x%04x, 0x%04x},", v:val[0], v:val[1])')
+  let widthranges = map(widthtokens, 'printf("\t{0x%04x, 0x%04x},", v:val[0], v:val[1])')
+
+  " New buffer to put the result in.
+  new
+  exe "file " . a:tableName . '_all'
+  call setline(1, "    static struct interval " . a:tableName . "_all[] =")
+  call setline(2, "    {")
+  call append('$', allranges)
+  call setline('$', getline('$')[:-2])  " remove last comma
+  call setline(line('$') + 1, "    };")
+  wincmd p
+
+  " New buffer to put the result in.
+  new
+  exe "file " . a:tableName . '_width'
+  call setline(1, "    static struct interval " . a:tableName . "_width[] =")
+  call setline(2, "    {")
+  call append('$', widthranges)
+  call setline('$', getline('$')[:-2])  " remove last comma
+  call setline(line('$') + 1, "    };")
+  wincmd p
+endfunc

 " Try to avoid hitting E36
 set equalalways
@@ -286,7 +374,16 @@ edit http://www.unicode.org/Public/UNIDATA/EastAsianWidth.txt
 call ParseWidthProps()

 " Build the double width table.
+let s:doubletable = []
 call BuildWidthTable('[WF]', 'doublewidth')

 " Build the ambiguous width table.
+let s:ambitable = []
 call BuildWidthTable('A', 'ambiguous')
+
+" Edit the emoji text file.  Requires the netrw plugin.
+edit http://www.unicode.org/Public/emoji/3.0/emoji-data.txt
+
+" Build the emoji table. Ver. 1.0 - 6.0
+" Must come after the "ambiguous" table
+call BuildEmojiTable('; Emoji\s\+# [1-6]\.[0-9]', 'emoji')
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " An example for a vimrc file.
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last change:	2015 Mar 24
+" Last change:	2016 Mar 25
 "
 " To use it, copy it to
 "     for Unix and OS/2:  ~/.vimrc
@@ -100,3 +100,10 @@ if has('langmap') && exists('+langnoremap')
  " compatible).
  set langnoremap
 endif
+
+
+" Add optional packages.
+"
+" The matchit plugin makes the % command work better, but it is not backwards
+" compatible.
+packadd matchit
@@ -1255,7 +1255,7 @@
 		</dict>
 	</array>
 	<key>CFBundleVersion</key>
-	<string>99</string>
+	<string>101</string>
 	<key>NSAppTransportSecurity</key>
 	<dict>
 		<key>NSAllowsArbitraryLoads</key>
@@ -415,6 +415,7 @@ WINDRES_CC = $(CC)
 ###########################################################################

 CFLAGS = -Iproto $(DEFINES) -pipe -march=$(ARCH) -Wall
+CXXFLAGS = -std=gnu++11
 WINDRES_FLAGS = --preprocessor="$(WINDRES_CC) -E -xc" -DRC_INVOKED
 EXTRA_LIBS =

@@ -864,14 +865,14 @@ $(OUTDIR)/gui_w32.o:	gui_w32.c $(INCL)
 	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) gui_w32.c -o $(OUTDIR)/gui_w32.o

 $(OUTDIR)/gui_dwrite.o:	gui_dwrite.cpp $(INCL) gui_dwrite.h
-	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) gui_dwrite.cpp -o $(OUTDIR)/gui_dwrite.o
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) $(CXXFLAGS) gui_dwrite.cpp -o $(OUTDIR)/gui_dwrite.o

 $(OUTDIR)/if_cscope.o:	if_cscope.c $(INCL) if_cscope.h
 	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) if_cscope.c -o $(OUTDIR)/if_cscope.o

 # Remove -D__IID_DEFINED__ for newer versions of the w32api
 $(OUTDIR)/if_ole.o: if_ole.cpp $(INCL)
-	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -c -o $(OUTDIR)/if_ole.o if_ole.cpp
+	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(CXXFLAGS) -c -o $(OUTDIR)/if_ole.o if_ole.cpp

 $(OUTDIR)/if_ruby.o: if_ruby.c $(INCL)
 ifeq (16, $(RUBY))
@@ -130,6 +130,7 @@
 #		make installlinks	only installs the Vim binary links
 #		make installmanlinks	only installs the Vim manpage links
 #		make installmacros	only installs the Vim macros
+#		make installpack	only installs the packages
 #		make installtutorbin	only installs the Vim tutor program
 #		make installtutor	only installs the Vim tutor files
 #		make installspell	only installs the spell files
@@ -424,7 +425,7 @@ CClink = $(CC)
 # NOTE: This may cause threading to be enabled, which has side effects (such
 # as using different libraries and debugging becomes more difficult).
 # NOTE: Using this together with Perl may cause a crash in initialization.
-# For Python3 support make a symbolic link in /usr/local/bin: 
+# For Python3 support make a symbolic link in /usr/local/bin:
 #	ln -s python3 python3.1
 # If both python2.x and python3.x are enabled then the linking will be via
 # dlopen(), dlsym(), dlclose(), i.e. pythonX.Y.so must be available
@@ -1008,6 +1009,7 @@ LANGSUBDIR = /lang
 COMPSUBDIR = /compiler
 KMAPSUBDIR = /keymap
 MACROSUBDIR = /macros
+PACKSUBDIR = /pack
 TOOLSSUBDIR = /tools
 TUTORSUBDIR = /tutor
 SPELLSUBDIR = /spell
@@ -1029,6 +1031,7 @@ PODIR = po
 ### COMPSUBLOC	location for compiler files
 ### KMAPSUBLOC	location for keymap files
 ### MACROSUBLOC	location for macro files
+### PACKSUBLOC	location for packages
 ### TOOLSSUBLOC	location for tools files
 ### TUTORSUBLOC	location for tutor files
 ### SPELLSUBLOC	location for spell files
@@ -1050,6 +1053,7 @@ LANGSUBLOC	= $(VIMRTLOC)$(LANGSUBDIR)
 COMPSUBLOC	= $(VIMRTLOC)$(COMPSUBDIR)
 KMAPSUBLOC	= $(VIMRTLOC)$(KMAPSUBDIR)
 MACROSUBLOC	= $(VIMRTLOC)$(MACROSUBDIR)
+PACKSUBLOC	= $(VIMRTLOC)$(PACKSUBDIR)
 TOOLSSUBLOC	= $(VIMRTLOC)$(TOOLSSUBDIR)
 TUTORSUBLOC	= $(VIMRTLOC)$(TUTORSUBDIR)
 SPELLSUBLOC	= $(VIMRTLOC)$(SPELLSUBDIR)
@@ -1155,6 +1159,9 @@ FTPLUGSOURCE = ../runtime/ftplugin
 # Where to copy the macro files from
 MACROSOURCE = ../runtime/macros

+# Where to copy the package files from
+PACKSOURCE = ../runtime/pack
+
 # Where to copy the tools files from
 TOOLSSOURCE = ../runtime/tools

@@ -1447,6 +1454,7 @@ DEST_LANG = $(DESTDIR)$(LANGSUBLOC)
 DEST_COMP = $(DESTDIR)$(COMPSUBLOC)
 DEST_KMAP = $(DESTDIR)$(KMAPSUBLOC)
 DEST_MACRO = $(DESTDIR)$(MACROSUBLOC)
+DEST_PACK = $(DESTDIR)$(PACKSUBLOC)
 DEST_TOOLS = $(DESTDIR)$(TOOLSSUBLOC)
 DEST_TUTOR = $(DESTDIR)$(TUTORSUBLOC)
 DEST_SPELL = $(DESTDIR)$(SPELLSUBLOC)
@@ -1989,7 +1997,6 @@ test1 \
 	test_match_conceal \
 	test_nested_function \
 	test_options \
-	test_qf_title \
 	test_ruby \
 	test_search_mbyte \
 	test_signs \
@@ -1999,7 +2006,7 @@ test1 \
 	test_wordcount \
 	test_writefile \
 	test2 test3 test4 test5 test6 test7 test8 test9 \
-	test10 test11 test12 test13 test14 test15 test16 test17 test18 test19 \
+	test11 test12 test13 test14 test15 test16 test17 test18 test19 \
 	test20 test21 test22 test23 test24 test25 test26 test27 test28 test29 \
 	test30 test31 test32 test33 test34 test35 test36 test37 test38 test39 \
 	test40 test41 test42 test43 test44 test45 test46 test47 test48 test49 \
@@ -2007,37 +2014,51 @@ test1 \
 	test60 test61 test62 test63 test64 test65 test66 test67 test68 test69 \
 	test70 test71 test72 test73 test74 test75 test76 test77 test78 test79 \
 	test80 test81 test82 test83 test84 test85 test86 test87 test88 test89 \
-	test90 test91 test92 test93 test94 test95 test96 test97 test98 test99 \
-	test100 test101 test102 test103 test104 test105 test106 test107 test108:
+	test90 test91 test92 test93 test94 test95 test97 test98 test99 \
+	test100 test101 test102 test103 test104 test105 test107 test108:
 	cd testdir; rm -f $@.out; $(MAKE) -f Makefile $@.out VIMPROG=../$(VIMTARGET) $(GUI_TESTARG) SCRIPTSOURCE=../$(SCRIPTSOURCE)

 # Run individual NEW style test, assuming that Vim was already compiled.
 test_arglist \
 	test_assert \
+	test_assign \
 	test_backspace_opt \
 	test_cdo \
 	test_channel \
 	test_cursor_func \
 	test_delete \
+	test_ex_undo \
+	test_expr \
 	test_expand \
+	test_feedkeys \
+	test_file_perm \
 	test_glob2regpat \
 	test_hardcopy \
+	test_help_tagjump \
+	test_history \
 	test_increment \
+	test_join \
 	test_json \
 	test_langmap \
 	test_lispwords \
 	test_menu \
+	test_packadd \
+	test_partial \
 	test_perl \
 	test_quickfix \
 	test_reltime \
 	test_searchpos \
 	test_set \
 	test_sort \
+	test_syn_attr \
 	test_syntax \
+	test_timers \
 	test_undolevels \
 	test_unlet \
 	test_viminfo \
 	test_viml \
+	test_visual \
+	test_window_id \
 	test_alot:
 	cd testdir; rm -f $@.res test.log messages; $(MAKE) -f Makefile $@.res VIMPROG=../$(VIMTARGET) $(GUI_TESTARG) SCRIPTSOURCE=../$(SCRIPTSOURCE)
 	@if test -f testdir/test.log; then \
@@ -2111,7 +2132,7 @@ INSTALLMANARGS = $(VIMLOC) $(SCRIPTLOC) $(VIMRCLOC) $(HELPSOURCE) $(MANMOD) \
 		$(VIMNAME) $(VIMDIFFNAME) $(EVIMNAME)

 # Install most of the runtime files
-installruntime: installrtbase installmacros installtutor installspell
+installruntime: installrtbase installmacros installpack installtutor installspell

 # install the help files; first adjust the contents for the final location
 installrtbase: $(HELPSOURCE)/vim.1 $(DEST_VIM) $(DEST_RT) \
@@ -2119,8 +2140,11 @@ installrtbase: $(HELPSOURCE)/vim.1 $(DEST_VIM) $(DEST_RT) \
 		$(DEST_FTP) $(DEST_AUTO) $(DEST_AUTO)/xml $(DEST_PLUG) \
 		$(DEST_TUTOR) $(DEST_SPELL) $(DEST_COMP)
 	-$(SHELL) ./installman.sh install $(DEST_MAN) "" $(INSTALLMANARGS)
-	@echo generating help tags
 # Generate the help tags with ":helptags" to handle all languages.
+# Move the distributed tags file aside and restore it, to avoid it being
+# different from the repository.
+	cd $(HELPSOURCE); if test -f tags; then mv -f tags tags.dist; fi
+	@echo generating help tags
 	-@cd $(HELPSOURCE); $(MAKE) VIMEXE=$(DEST_BIN)/$(VIMTARGET) vimtags
 	cd $(HELPSOURCE); \
 		files=`ls *.txt tags`; \
@@ -2130,6 +2154,7 @@ installrtbase: $(HELPSOURCE)/vim.1 $(DEST_VIM) $(DEST_RT) \
 		chmod $(HELPMOD) $$files
 	$(INSTALL_DATA)  $(HELPSOURCE)/*.pl $(DEST_HELP)
 	chmod $(SCRIPTMOD) $(DEST_HELP)/*.pl
+	cd $(HELPSOURCE); if test -f tags.dist; then mv -f tags.dist tags; fi
 # install the menu files
 	$(INSTALL_DATA) $(SCRIPTSOURCE)/menu.vim $(SYS_MENU_FILE)
 	chmod $(VIMSCRIPTMOD) $(SYS_MENU_FILE)
@@ -2206,6 +2231,11 @@ installmacros: $(DEST_VIM) $(DEST_RT) $(DEST_MACRO)
 		 rm -rf $$cvs; \
 	      fi

+installpack: $(DEST_VIM) $(DEST_RT) $(DEST_PACK)
+	$(INSTALL_DATA_R) $(PACKSOURCE)/* $(DEST_PACK)
+	chmod $(DIRMOD) `find $(DEST_PACK) -type d -print`
+	chmod $(FILEMOD) `find $(DEST_PACK) -type f -print`
+
 # install the tutor files
 installtutorbin: $(DEST_VIM)
 	$(INSTALL_DATA) vimtutor $(DEST_BIN)/$(VIMNAME)tutor
@@ -2355,8 +2385,8 @@ $(HELPSOURCE)/vim.1 $(MACROSOURCE) $(TOOLSSOURCE):
 $(DESTDIR)$(exec_prefix) $(DEST_BIN) \
 		$(DEST_VIM) $(DEST_RT) $(DEST_HELP) \
 		$(DEST_PRINT) $(DEST_COL) $(DEST_SYN) $(DEST_IND) $(DEST_FTP) \
-		$(DEST_LANG) $(DEST_KMAP) $(DEST_COMP) \
-		$(DEST_MACRO) $(DEST_TOOLS) $(DEST_TUTOR) $(DEST_SPELL) \
+		$(DEST_LANG) $(DEST_KMAP) $(DEST_COMP) $(DEST_MACRO) \
+		$(DEST_PACK) $(DEST_TOOLS) $(DEST_TUTOR) $(DEST_SPELL) \
 		$(DEST_AUTO) $(DEST_AUTO)/xml $(DEST_PLUG):
 	-$(SHELL) ./mkinstalldirs $@
 	-chmod $(DIRMOD) $@
@@ -2501,6 +2531,7 @@ uninstall_runtime:
 	-rm -f $(DEST_SYN)/*.vim $(DEST_SYN)/README.txt
 	-rm -f $(DEST_IND)/*.vim $(DEST_IND)/README.txt
 	-rm -rf $(DEST_MACRO)
+	-rm -rf $(DEST_PACK)
 	-rm -rf $(DEST_TUTOR)
 	-rm -rf $(DEST_SPELL)
 	-rm -rf $(DEST_TOOLS)
@@ -139,14 +139,19 @@ open_buffer(
 #endif
       )
    {
+	int old_msg_silent = msg_silent;
+
 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
 	int oldFire = netbeansFireChanges;

 	netbeansFireChanges = 0;
 #endif
+	if (shortmess(SHM_FILEINFO))
+	    msg_silent = 1;
 	retval = readfile(curbuf->b_ffname, curbuf->b_fname,
 		  (linenr_T)0, (linenr_T)0, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, eap,
 		  flags | READ_NEW);
+	msg_silent = old_msg_silent;
 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
 	netbeansFireChanges = oldFire;
 #endif
@@ -4612,9 +4617,9 @@ do_arg_all(
    old_curwin = curwin;
    old_curtab = curtab;

-#ifdef FEAT_GUI
+# ifdef FEAT_GUI
    need_mouse_correct = TRUE;
-#endif
+# endif

    /*
     * Try closing all windows that are not in the argument list.
@@ -4634,10 +4639,7 @@ do_arg_all(
 	    buf = wp->w_buffer;
 	    if (buf->b_ffname == NULL
 		    || (!keep_tabs && buf->b_nwindows > 1)
-#ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
-		    || wp->w_width != Columns
-#endif
-		    )
+		    || wp->w_width != Columns)
 		i = opened_len;
 	    else
 	    {
@@ -4906,13 +4908,11 @@ ex_buffer_all(exarg_T *eap)
 	{
 	    wpnext = wp->w_next;
 	    if ((wp->w_buffer->b_nwindows > 1
-#ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
+#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
 		    || ((cmdmod.split & WSP_VERT)
 			? wp->w_height + wp->w_status_height < Rows - p_ch
 							    - tabline_height()
 			: wp->w_width != Columns)
-#endif
-#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
 		    || (had_tab > 0 && wp != firstwin)
 #endif
 		    ) && firstwin != lastwin
@@ -1093,7 +1093,7 @@ win_lbr_chartabsize(
 	    && vim_isbreak(c)
 	    && !vim_isbreak(s[1])
 	    && wp->w_p_wrap
-# ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
+# ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
 	    && wp->w_width != 0
 # endif
       )
@@ -1250,10 +1250,10 @@ in_win_border(win_T *wp, colnr_T vcol)
    int		width1;		/* width of first line (after line number) */
    int		width2;		/* width of further lines */

-#ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
+# ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
    if (wp->w_width == 0)	/* there is no border */
 	return FALSE;
-#endif
+# endif
    width1 = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp);
    if ((int)vcol < width1 - 1)
 	return FALSE;
@@ -762,6 +762,7 @@ install_bat_choice(int idx)
 	    fprintf(fd, "@echo off\n");
 	    fprintf(fd, "rem -- Run Vim --\n");
 	    fprintf(fd, "\n");
+	    fprintf(fd, "setlocal\n");

 	    /* Don't use double quotes for the "set" argument, also when it
 	     * contains a space.  The quotes would be included in the value
@@ -793,6 +794,9 @@ install_bat_choice(int idx)
 	    fprintf(fd, "if .%%1==. goto loopend\n");
 	    if (*exename == 'g')
 	    {
+		fprintf(fd, "if NOT .%%1==.--nofork goto noforklongarg\n");
+		fprintf(fd, "set VIMNOFORK=1\n");
+		fprintf(fd, ":noforklongarg\n");
 		fprintf(fd, "if NOT .%%1==.-f goto noforkarg\n");
 		fprintf(fd, "set VIMNOFORK=1\n");
 		fprintf(fd, ":noforkarg\n");
@@ -2065,26 +2065,30 @@ write_viminfo(char_u *file, int forceit)
    viminfo_errcnt = 0;
    do_viminfo(fp_in, fp_out, forceit ? 0 : (VIF_WANT_INFO | VIF_WANT_MARKS));

-    fclose(fp_out);	    /* errors are ignored !? */
+    if (fclose(fp_out) == EOF)
+	++viminfo_errcnt;
+
    if (fp_in != NULL)
    {
 	fclose(fp_in);

 	/* In case of an error keep the original viminfo file.  Otherwise
 	 * rename the newly written file.  Give an error if that fails. */
-	if (viminfo_errcnt == 0 && vim_rename(tempname, fname) == -1)
+	if (viminfo_errcnt == 0)
 	{
-	    ++viminfo_errcnt;
-	    EMSG2(_("E886: Can't rename viminfo file to %s!"), fname);
+	    if (vim_rename(tempname, fname) == -1)
+	    {
+		++viminfo_errcnt;
+		EMSG2(_("E886: Can't rename viminfo file to %s!"), fname);
+	    }
+# ifdef WIN3264
+	    /* If the viminfo file was hidden then also hide the new file. */
+	    else if (hidden)
+		mch_hide(fname);
+# endif
 	}
 	if (viminfo_errcnt > 0)
 	    mch_remove(tempname);
-
-#ifdef WIN3264
-	/* If the viminfo file was hidden then also hide the new file. */
-	if (hidden)
-	    mch_hide(fname);
-#endif
    }

 end:
@@ -2605,7 +2609,8 @@ ex_file(exarg_T *eap)
 	    return;
    }
    /* print full file name if :cd used */
-    fileinfo(FALSE, FALSE, eap->forceit);
+    if (!shortmess(SHM_FILEINFO))
+	fileinfo(FALSE, FALSE, eap->forceit);
 }

 /*
@@ -3884,7 +3889,8 @@ do_ecmd(
 	msg_scroll = msg_scroll_save;
 	msg_scrolled_ign = TRUE;

-	fileinfo(FALSE, TRUE, FALSE);
+	if (!shortmess(SHM_FILEINFO))
+	    fileinfo(FALSE, TRUE, FALSE);

 	msg_scrolled_ign = FALSE;
    }
@@ -5861,11 +5867,9 @@ ex_help(exarg_T *eap)
 	     * specified, the current window is vertically split and
 	     * narrow. */
 	    n = WSP_HELP;
-# ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
 	    if (cmdmod.split == 0 && curwin->w_width != Columns
 						  && curwin->w_width < 80)
 		n |= WSP_TOP;
-# endif
 	    if (win_split(0, n) == FAIL)
 		goto erret;
 #else
@@ -6114,6 +6118,11 @@ find_help_tags(
 		    || (arg[0] == '\\' && arg[1] == '{'))
 	      *d++ = '\\';

+	  /*
+	   * If tag starts with "('", skip the "(". Fixes CTRL-] on ('option'.
+	   */
+	  if (*arg == '(' && arg[1] == '\'')
+	      arg++;
 	  for (s = arg; *s; ++s)
 	  {
 	    /*
@@ -6859,7 +6868,6 @@ do_helptags(char_u *dirname, int add_help_tags)
 	    || filecount == 0)
    {
 	EMSG2("E151: No match: %s", NameBuff);
-	vim_free(dirname);
 	return;
    }

@@ -1088,6 +1088,174 @@ profile_zero(proftime_T *tm)

 # endif  /* FEAT_PROFILE || FEAT_RELTIME */

+# if defined(FEAT_TIMERS) || defined(PROTO)
+static timer_T	*first_timer = NULL;
+static int	last_timer_id = 0;
+
+/*
+ * Insert a timer in the list of timers.
+ */
+    static void
+insert_timer(timer_T *timer)
+{
+    timer->tr_next = first_timer;
+    timer->tr_prev = NULL;
+    if (first_timer != NULL)
+	first_timer->tr_prev = timer;
+    first_timer = timer;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Take a timer out of the list of timers.
+ */
+    static void
+remove_timer(timer_T *timer)
+{
+    if (timer->tr_prev == NULL)
+	first_timer = timer->tr_next;
+    else
+	timer->tr_prev->tr_next = timer->tr_next;
+    if (timer->tr_next != NULL)
+	timer->tr_next->tr_prev = timer->tr_prev;
+}
+
+    static void
+free_timer(timer_T *timer)
+{
+    vim_free(timer->tr_callback);
+    partial_unref(timer->tr_partial);
+    vim_free(timer);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a timer and return it.  NULL if out of memory.
+ * Caller should set the callback.
+ */
+    timer_T *
+create_timer(long msec, int repeat)
+{
+    timer_T	*timer = (timer_T *)alloc_clear(sizeof(timer_T));
+
+    if (timer == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+    timer->tr_id = ++last_timer_id;
+    insert_timer(timer);
+    if (repeat != 0)
+    {
+	timer->tr_repeat = repeat - 1;
+	timer->tr_interval = msec;
+    }
+
+    profile_setlimit(msec, &timer->tr_due);
+    return timer;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Invoke the callback of "timer".
+ */
+    static void
+timer_callback(timer_T *timer)
+{
+    typval_T	rettv;
+    int		dummy;
+    typval_T	argv[2];
+
+    argv[0].v_type = VAR_NUMBER;
+    argv[0].vval.v_number = timer->tr_id;
+    argv[1].v_type = VAR_UNKNOWN;
+
+    call_func(timer->tr_callback, (int)STRLEN(timer->tr_callback),
+			&rettv, 1, argv, 0L, 0L, &dummy, TRUE,
+			timer->tr_partial, NULL);
+    clear_tv(&rettv);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Call timers that are due.
+ * Return the time in msec until the next timer is due.
+ */
+    long
+check_due_timer()
+{
+    timer_T	*timer;
+    long	this_due;
+    long	next_due = -1;
+    proftime_T	now;
+    int		did_one = FALSE;
+# ifdef WIN3264
+    LARGE_INTEGER   fr;
+
+    QueryPerformanceFrequency(&fr);
+# endif
+    while (!got_int)
+    {
+	profile_start(&now);
+	next_due = -1;
+	for (timer = first_timer; timer != NULL; timer = timer->tr_next)
+	{
+# ifdef WIN3264
+	    this_due = (long)(((double)(timer->tr_due.QuadPart - now.QuadPart)
+					       / (double)fr.QuadPart) * 1000);
+# else
+	    this_due = (timer->tr_due.tv_sec - now.tv_sec) * 1000
+			       + (timer->tr_due.tv_usec - now.tv_usec) / 1000;
+# endif
+	    if (this_due <= 1)
+	    {
+		remove_timer(timer);
+		timer_callback(timer);
+		did_one = TRUE;
+		if (timer->tr_repeat != 0)
+		{
+		    profile_setlimit(timer->tr_interval, &timer->tr_due);
+		    if (timer->tr_repeat > 0)
+			--timer->tr_repeat;
+		    insert_timer(timer);
+		}
+		else
+		    free_timer(timer);
+		/* the callback may do anything, start all over */
+		break;
+	    }
+	    if (next_due == -1 || next_due > this_due)
+		next_due = this_due;
+	}
+	if (timer == NULL)
+	    break;
+    }
+
+    if (did_one)
+	redraw_after_callback();
+
+    return next_due;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Find a timer by ID.  Returns NULL if not found;
+ */
+    timer_T *
+find_timer(int id)
+{
+    timer_T *timer;
+
+    for (timer = first_timer; timer != NULL; timer = timer->tr_next)
+	if (timer->tr_id == id)
+	    break;
+    return timer;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Stop a timer and delete it.
+ */
+    void
+stop_timer(timer_T *timer)
+{
+    remove_timer(timer);
+    free_timer(timer);
+}
+# endif
+
 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_RELTIME) && defined(FEAT_FLOAT)
 # if defined(HAVE_MATH_H)
 #  include <math.h>
@@ -3177,7 +3345,7 @@ do_in_runtimepath(

    if ((done == FAIL || (flags & DIP_ALL)) && (flags & DIP_START))
    {
-	len = STRLEN(start_dir) + STRLEN(name);
+	len = (int)(STRLEN(start_dir) + STRLEN(name));
 	s = alloc(len);
 	if (s == NULL)
 	    return FAIL;
@@ -3188,7 +3356,7 @@ do_in_runtimepath(

    if ((done == FAIL || (flags & DIP_ALL)) && (flags & DIP_OPT))
    {
-	len = STRLEN(opt_dir) + STRLEN(name);
+	len = (int)(STRLEN(opt_dir) + STRLEN(name));
 	s = alloc(len);
 	if (s == NULL)
 	    return FAIL;
@@ -3281,7 +3449,7 @@ add_pack_plugin(char_u *fname, void *cookie)

    if (load_files)
    {
-	static char *plugpat = "%s/plugin/*.vim";
+	static char *plugpat = "%s/plugin/**/*.vim";
 	static char *ftpat = "%s/ftdetect/*.vim";
 	int	    len;
 	char_u	    *pat;
@@ -3309,6 +3477,7 @@ add_pack_plugin(char_u *fname, void *cookie)
 	    vim_free(cmd);
 	}
 #endif
+	vim_free(pat);
    }

 theend:
@@ -2020,7 +2020,7 @@ do_one_cmd(

 	    case 'v':	if (checkforcmd(&ea.cmd, "vertical", 4))
 			{
-#ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
+#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
 			    cmdmod.split |= WSP_VERT;
 #endif
 			    continue;
@@ -7941,14 +7941,6 @@ ex_splitview(exarg_T *eap)
    int		browse_flag = cmdmod.browse;
 # endif

-# ifndef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
-    if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_vsplit || eap->cmdidx == CMD_vnew)
-    {
-	ex_ni(eap);
-	return;
-    }
-# endif
-
 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
    need_mouse_correct = TRUE;
 # endif
@@ -7960,10 +7952,8 @@ ex_splitview(exarg_T *eap)
    {
 	if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_split)
 	    eap->cmdidx = CMD_new;
-#  ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
 	if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_vsplit)
 	    eap->cmdidx = CMD_vnew;
-#  endif
    }
 # endif

@@ -7982,9 +7972,7 @@ ex_splitview(exarg_T *eap)
 # endif
 # ifdef FEAT_BROWSE
    if (cmdmod.browse
-#  ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
 	    && eap->cmdidx != CMD_vnew
-# endif
 	    && eap->cmdidx != CMD_new)
    {
 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
@@ -8242,11 +8230,10 @@ ex_resize(exarg_T *eap)
 	    ;
    }

-#ifdef FEAT_GUI
+# ifdef FEAT_GUI
    need_mouse_correct = TRUE;
-#endif
+# endif
    n = atol((char *)eap->arg);
-#ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
    if (cmdmod.split & WSP_VERT)
    {
 	if (*eap->arg == '-' || *eap->arg == '+')
@@ -8256,7 +8243,6 @@ ex_resize(exarg_T *eap)
 	win_setwidth_win((int)n, wp);
    }
    else
-#endif
    {
 	if (*eap->arg == '-' || *eap->arg == '+')
 	    n += curwin->w_height;
@@ -8415,7 +8401,7 @@ do_exedit(
    if ((eap->cmdidx == CMD_new
 		|| eap->cmdidx == CMD_tabnew
 		|| eap->cmdidx == CMD_tabedit
-#ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
+#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
 		|| eap->cmdidx == CMD_vnew
 #endif
 		) && *eap->arg == NUL)
@@ -8427,7 +8413,7 @@ do_exedit(
 		      old_curwin == NULL ? curwin : NULL);
    }
    else if ((eap->cmdidx != CMD_split
-#ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
+#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
 		&& eap->cmdidx != CMD_vsplit
 #endif
 		)
@@ -8913,12 +8899,22 @@ ex_sleep(exarg_T *eap)
 do_sleep(long msec)
 {
    long	done;
+    long	wait_now;

    cursor_on();
    out_flush();
-    for (done = 0; !got_int && done < msec; done += 1000L)
+    for (done = 0; !got_int && done < msec; done += wait_now)
    {
-	ui_delay(msec - done > 1000L ? 1000L : msec - done, TRUE);
+	wait_now = msec - done > 1000L ? 1000L : msec - done;
+#ifdef FEAT_TIMERS
+	{
+	    long    due_time = check_due_timer();
+
+	    if (due_time > 0 && due_time < wait_now)
+		wait_now = due_time;
+	}
+#endif
+	ui_delay(wait_now, TRUE);
 	ui_breakcheck();
 #ifdef MESSAGE_QUEUE
 	/* Process the netbeans and clientserver messages that may have been
@@ -10071,6 +10067,7 @@ ex_stopinsert(exarg_T *eap UNUSED)
 {
    restart_edit = 0;
    stop_insert_mode = TRUE;
+    clearmode();
 }

 /*
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ static int	ExpandFromContext(expand_T *xp, char_u *, int *, char_u ***, int);
 static int	expand_showtail(expand_T *xp);
 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
 static int	expand_shellcmd(char_u *filepat, int *num_file, char_u ***file, int flagsarg);
-static int	ExpandRTDir(char_u *pat, int *num_file, char_u ***file, char *dirname[]);
+static int	ExpandRTDir(char_u *pat, int flags, int *num_file, char_u ***file, char *dirname[]);
 static int	ExpandPackAddDir(char_u *pat, int *num_file, char_u ***file);
 # ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST
 static char_u	*get_history_arg(expand_T *xp, int idx);
@@ -500,11 +500,7 @@ getcmdline(
 		}
 		else
 		{
-# ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
 		    win_redraw_last_status(topframe);
-# else
-		    lastwin->w_redr_status = TRUE;
-# endif
 		    redraw_statuslines();
 		}
 		KeyTyped = skt;
@@ -2001,6 +1997,7 @@ getcmdline_prompt(
    char_u		*s;
    struct cmdline_info	save_ccline;
    int			msg_col_save = msg_col;
+    int			msg_silent_save = msg_silent;

    save_cmdline(&save_ccline);
    ccline.cmdprompt = prompt;
@@ -2010,8 +2007,10 @@ getcmdline_prompt(
    ccline.xp_arg = xp_arg;
    ccline.input_fn = (firstc == '@');
 # endif
+    msg_silent = 0;
    s = getcmdline(firstc, 1L, 0);
    restore_cmdline(&save_ccline);
+    msg_silent = msg_silent_save;
    /* Restore msg_col, the prompt from input() may have changed it.
     * But only if called recursively and the commandline is therefore being
     * restored to an old one; if not, the input() prompt stays on the screen,
@@ -4503,7 +4502,9 @@ expand_cmdline(

 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG
 /*
- * Cleanup matches for help tags: remove "@en" if "en" is the only language.
+ * Cleanup matches for help tags:
+ * Remove "@ab" if the top of 'helplang' is "ab" and the language of the first
+ * tag matches it.  Otherwise remove "@en" if "en" is the only language.
 */
 static void	cleanup_help_tags(int num_file, char_u **file);

@@ -4512,11 +4513,28 @@ cleanup_help_tags(int num_file, char_u **file)
 {
    int		i, j;
    int		len;
+    char_u	buf[4];
+    char_u	*p = buf;
+
+    if (p_hlg[0] != NUL)
+    {
+	*p++ = '@';
+	*p++ = p_hlg[0];
+	*p++ = p_hlg[1];
+    }
+    *p = NUL;

    for (i = 0; i < num_file; ++i)
    {
 	len = (int)STRLEN(file[i]) - 3;
-	if (len > 0 && STRCMP(file[i] + len, "@en") == 0)
+	if (len <= 0)
+	    continue;
+	if (i == 0 && STRCMP(file[i] + len, buf) == 0)
+	{
+	    file[i][len] = NUL;
+	    break;
+	}
+	else if (STRCMP(file[i] + len, "@en") == 0)
 	{
 	    /* Sorting on priority means the same item in another language may
 	     * be anywhere.  Search all items for a match up to the "@en". */
@@ -4526,7 +4544,10 @@ cleanup_help_tags(int num_file, char_u **file)
 			&& STRNCMP(file[i], file[j], len + 1) == 0)
 		    break;
 	    if (j == num_file)
+	    {
 		file[i][len] = NUL;
+		break;
+	    }
 	}
    }
 }
@@ -4639,22 +4660,23 @@ ExpandFromContext(
    if (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_COLORS)
    {
 	char *directories[] = {"colors", NULL};
-	return ExpandRTDir(pat, num_file, file, directories);
+	return ExpandRTDir(pat, DIP_START + DIP_OPT, num_file, file,
+								directories);
    }
    if (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_COMPILER)
    {
 	char *directories[] = {"compiler", NULL};
-	return ExpandRTDir(pat, num_file, file, directories);
+	return ExpandRTDir(pat, 0, num_file, file, directories);
    }
    if (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_OWNSYNTAX)
    {
 	char *directories[] = {"syntax", NULL};
-	return ExpandRTDir(pat, num_file, file, directories);
+	return ExpandRTDir(pat, 0, num_file, file, directories);
    }
    if (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_FILETYPE)
    {
 	char *directories[] = {"syntax", "indent", "ftplugin", NULL};
-	return ExpandRTDir(pat, num_file, file, directories);
+	return ExpandRTDir(pat, 0, num_file, file, directories);
    }
 # if defined(FEAT_USR_CMDS) && defined(FEAT_EVAL)
    if (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_USER_LIST)
@@ -5133,13 +5155,19 @@ ExpandUserList(
 #endif

 /*
- * Expand color scheme, compiler or filetype names:
- * 'runtimepath'/{dirnames}/{pat}.vim
+ * Expand color scheme, compiler or filetype names.
+ * Search from 'runtimepath':
+ *   'runtimepath'/{dirnames}/{pat}.vim
+ * When "flags" has DIP_START: search also from 'start' of 'packpath':
+ *   'packpath'/pack/ * /start/ * /{dirnames}/{pat}.vim
+ * When "flags" has DIP_OPT: search also from 'opt' of 'packpath':
+ *   'packpath'/pack/ * /opt/ * /{dirnames}/{pat}.vim
 * "dirnames" is an array with one or more directory names.
 */
    static int
 ExpandRTDir(
    char_u	*pat,
+    int		flags,
    int		*num_file,
    char_u	***file,
    char	*dirnames[])
@@ -5169,6 +5197,36 @@ ExpandRTDir(
 	vim_free(s);
    }

+    if (flags & DIP_START) {
+	for (i = 0; dirnames[i] != NULL; ++i)
+	{
+	    s = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(dirnames[i]) + pat_len + 22));
+	    if (s == NULL)
+	    {
+		ga_clear_strings(&ga);
+		return FAIL;
+	    }
+	    sprintf((char *)s, "pack/*/start/*/%s/%s*.vim", dirnames[i], pat);
+	    globpath(p_pp, s, &ga, 0);
+	    vim_free(s);
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (flags & DIP_OPT) {
+	for (i = 0; dirnames[i] != NULL; ++i)
+	{
+	    s = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(dirnames[i]) + pat_len + 20));
+	    if (s == NULL)
+	    {
+		ga_clear_strings(&ga);
+		return FAIL;
+	    }
+	    sprintf((char *)s, "pack/*/opt/*/%s/%s*.vim", dirnames[i], pat);
+	    globpath(p_pp, s, &ga, 0);
+	    vim_free(s);
+	}
+    }
+
    for (i = 0; i < ga.ga_len; ++i)
    {
 	match = ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[i];
@@ -5634,96 +5692,6 @@ get_history_idx(int histype)
    return history[histype][hisidx[histype]].hisnum;
 }

-static struct cmdline_info *get_ccline_ptr(void);
-
-/*
- * Get pointer to the command line info to use. cmdline_paste() may clear
- * ccline and put the previous value in prev_ccline.
- */
-    static struct cmdline_info *
-get_ccline_ptr(void)
-{
-    if ((State & CMDLINE) == 0)
-	return NULL;
-    if (ccline.cmdbuff != NULL)
-	return &ccline;
-    if (prev_ccline_used && prev_ccline.cmdbuff != NULL)
-	return &prev_ccline;
-    return NULL;
-}
-
-/*
- * Get the current command line in allocated memory.
- * Only works when the command line is being edited.
- * Returns NULL when something is wrong.
- */
-    char_u *
-get_cmdline_str(void)
-{
-    struct cmdline_info *p = get_ccline_ptr();
-
-    if (p == NULL)
-	return NULL;
-    return vim_strnsave(p->cmdbuff, p->cmdlen);
-}
-
-/*
- * Get the current command line position, counted in bytes.
- * Zero is the first position.
- * Only works when the command line is being edited.
- * Returns -1 when something is wrong.
- */
-    int
-get_cmdline_pos(void)
-{
-    struct cmdline_info *p = get_ccline_ptr();
-
-    if (p == NULL)
-	return -1;
-    return p->cmdpos;
-}
-
-/*
- * Set the command line byte position to "pos".  Zero is the first position.
- * Only works when the command line is being edited.
- * Returns 1 when failed, 0 when OK.
- */
-    int
-set_cmdline_pos(
-    int		pos)
-{
-    struct cmdline_info *p = get_ccline_ptr();
-
-    if (p == NULL)
-	return 1;
-
-    /* The position is not set directly but after CTRL-\ e or CTRL-R = has
-     * changed the command line. */
-    if (pos < 0)
-	new_cmdpos = 0;
-    else
-	new_cmdpos = pos;
-    return 0;
-}
-
-/*
- * Get the current command-line type.
- * Returns ':' or '/' or '?' or '@' or '>' or '-'
- * Only works when the command line is being edited.
- * Returns NUL when something is wrong.
- */
-    int
-get_cmdline_type(void)
-{
-    struct cmdline_info *p = get_ccline_ptr();
-
-    if (p == NULL)
-	return NUL;
-    if (p->cmdfirstc == NUL)
-	return (p->input_fn) ? '@' : '-';
-    return p->cmdfirstc;
-}
-
 /*
 * Calculate history index from a number:
 *   num > 0: seen as identifying number of a history entry
@@ -5932,6 +5900,104 @@ remove_key_from_history(void)

 #endif /* FEAT_CMDHIST */

+#if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_CMDWIN) || defined(PROTO)
+/*
+ * Get pointer to the command line info to use. cmdline_paste() may clear
+ * ccline and put the previous value in prev_ccline.
+ */
+    static struct cmdline_info *
+get_ccline_ptr(void)
+{
+    if ((State & CMDLINE) == 0)
+	return NULL;
+    if (ccline.cmdbuff != NULL)
+	return &ccline;
+    if (prev_ccline_used && prev_ccline.cmdbuff != NULL)
+	return &prev_ccline;
+    return NULL;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
+/*
+ * Get the current command line in allocated memory.
+ * Only works when the command line is being edited.
+ * Returns NULL when something is wrong.
+ */
+    char_u *
+get_cmdline_str(void)
+{
+    struct cmdline_info *p = get_ccline_ptr();
+
+    if (p == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+    return vim_strnsave(p->cmdbuff, p->cmdlen);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Get the current command line position, counted in bytes.
+ * Zero is the first position.
+ * Only works when the command line is being edited.
+ * Returns -1 when something is wrong.
+ */
+    int
+get_cmdline_pos(void)
+{
+    struct cmdline_info *p = get_ccline_ptr();
+
+    if (p == NULL)
+	return -1;
+    return p->cmdpos;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Set the command line byte position to "pos".  Zero is the first position.
+ * Only works when the command line is being edited.
+ * Returns 1 when failed, 0 when OK.
+ */
+    int
+set_cmdline_pos(
+    int		pos)
+{
+    struct cmdline_info *p = get_ccline_ptr();
+
+    if (p == NULL)
+	return 1;
+
+    /* The position is not set directly but after CTRL-\ e or CTRL-R = has
+     * changed the command line. */
+    if (pos < 0)
+	new_cmdpos = 0;
+    else
+	new_cmdpos = pos;
+    return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_CMDWIN) || defined(PROTO)
+/*
+ * Get the current command-line type.
+ * Returns ':' or '/' or '?' or '@' or '>' or '-'
+ * Only works when the command line is being edited.
+ * Returns NUL when something is wrong.
+ */
+    int
+get_cmdline_type(void)
+{
+    struct cmdline_info *p = get_ccline_ptr();
+
+    if (p == NULL)
+	return NUL;
+    if (p->cmdfirstc == NUL)
+	return
+# ifdef FEAT_EVAL
+	    (p->input_fn) ? '@' :
+# endif
+	    '-';
+    return p->cmdfirstc;
+}
+#endif
+
 #if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) || defined(FEAT_CMDHIST) || defined(PROTO)
 /*
 * Get indices "num1,num2" that specify a range within a list (not a range of
@@ -97,6 +97,7 @@
 /*
 * +windows		Multiple windows.  Without this there is no help
 *			window and no status lines.
+ * +vertsplit		Vertically split windows.
 */
 #ifdef FEAT_SMALL
 # define FEAT_WINDOWS
@@ -111,16 +112,6 @@
 # define FEAT_LISTCMDS
 #endif

-/*
- * +vertsplit		Vertically split windows.
- */
-#ifdef FEAT_NORMAL
-# define FEAT_VERTSPLIT
-#endif
-#if defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) && !defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
-# define FEAT_WINDOWS
-#endif
-
 /*
 * +cmdhist		Command line history.
 */
@@ -144,8 +135,8 @@
 # define FEAT_JUMPLIST
 #endif

-/* the cmdline-window requires FEAT_VERTSPLIT and FEAT_CMDHIST */
-#if defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) && defined(FEAT_CMDHIST)
+/* the cmdline-window requires FEAT_WINDOWS and FEAT_CMDHIST */
+#if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_CMDHIST)
 # define FEAT_CMDWIN
 #endif

@@ -399,6 +390,13 @@
 # define FEAT_RELTIME
 #endif

+/*
+ * +timers		timer_start()
+ */
+#if defined(FEAT_RELTIME) && (defined(UNIX) || defined(WIN32))
+# define FEAT_TIMERS
+#endif
+
 /*
 * +textobjects		Text objects: "vaw", "das", etc.
 */
@@ -594,7 +592,7 @@
 * +mksession		":mksession" command.
 *			Requires +windows and +vertsplit.
 */
-#if defined(FEAT_NORMAL) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT)
+#if defined(FEAT_NORMAL) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
 # define FEAT_SESSION
 #endif

@@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ EXTERN int	gui_prev_topfill INIT(= 0);
 EXTERN int	drag_status_line INIT(= FALSE);	/* dragging the status line */
 EXTERN int	postponed_mouseshape INIT(= FALSE); /* postponed updating the
 						       mouse pointer shape */
-#  ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
+#  ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
 EXTERN int	drag_sep_line INIT(= FALSE);	/* dragging vert separator */
 #  endif
 # endif
@@ -1551,9 +1551,7 @@ EXTERN char_u e_umark[]		INIT(= N_("E78: Unknown mark"));
 EXTERN char_u e_wildexpand[]	INIT(= N_("E79: Cannot expand wildcards"));
 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
 EXTERN char_u e_winheight[]	INIT(= N_("E591: 'winheight' cannot be smaller than 'winminheight'"));
-# ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
 EXTERN char_u e_winwidth[]	INIT(= N_("E592: 'winwidth' cannot be smaller than 'winminwidth'"));
-# endif
 #endif
 EXTERN char_u e_write[]		INIT(= N_("E80: Error while writing"));
 EXTERN char_u e_zerocount[]	INIT(= N_("Zero count"));
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ gui_start(void)
 	/* If there is 'f' in 'guioptions' and specify -g argument,
 	 * gui_mch_init_check() was not called yet.  */
 	if (gui_mch_init_check() != OK)
-	    exit(1);
+	    getout_preserve_modified(1);
 #endif
 	gui_attempt_start();
    }
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ gui_do_fork(void)
 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK
    /* Call gtk_init_check() here after fork(). See gui_init_check(). */
    if (gui_mch_init_check() != OK)
-	exit(1);
+	getout_preserve_modified(1);
 #endif

 # if defined(HAVE_SETSID) || defined(HAVE_SETPGID)
@@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ gui_do_fork(void)

    /* If we failed to start the GUI, exit now. */
    if (!gui.in_use)
-	exit(1);
+	getout_preserve_modified(1);
 }

 /*
@@ -1829,7 +1829,7 @@ gui_write(
 			gui.scroll_region_bot = arg1;
 		    }
 		    break;
-#ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
+#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
 		case 'V':	/* Set vertical scroll region */
 		    if (arg1 < arg2)
 		    {
@@ -2892,6 +2892,35 @@ gui_insert_lines(int row, int count)
    }
 }

+    static int
+gui_wait_for_chars_or_timer(long wtime)
+{
+#ifdef FEAT_TIMERS
+    int	    due_time;
+    long    remaining = wtime;
+
+    /* When waiting very briefly don't trigger timers. */
+    if (wtime >= 0 && wtime < 10L)
+	return gui_mch_wait_for_chars(wtime);
+
+    while (wtime < 0 || remaining > 0)
+    {
+	/* Trigger timers and then get the time in wtime until the next one is
+	 * due.  Wait up to that time. */
+	due_time = check_due_timer();
+	if (due_time <= 0 || (wtime > 0 && due_time > remaining))
+	    due_time = remaining;
+	if (gui_mch_wait_for_chars(due_time))
+	    return TRUE;
+	if (wtime > 0)
+	    remaining -= due_time;
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+#else
+    return gui_mch_wait_for_chars(wtime);
+#endif
+}
+
 /*
 * The main GUI input routine.	Waits for a character from the keyboard.
 * wtime == -1	    Wait forever.
@@ -2928,7 +2957,7 @@ gui_wait_for_chars(long wtime)
 	/* Blink when waiting for a character.	Probably only does something
 	 * for showmatch() */
 	gui_mch_start_blink();
-	retval = gui_mch_wait_for_chars(wtime);
+	retval = gui_wait_for_chars_or_timer(wtime);
 	gui_mch_stop_blink();
 	return retval;
    }
@@ -2944,7 +2973,7 @@ gui_wait_for_chars(long wtime)
     * 'updatetime' and if nothing is typed within that time put the
     * K_CURSORHOLD key in the input buffer.
     */
-    if (gui_mch_wait_for_chars(p_ut) == OK)
+    if (gui_wait_for_chars_or_timer(p_ut) == OK)
 	retval = OK;
 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
    else if (trigger_cursorhold())
@@ -2965,7 +2994,7 @@ gui_wait_for_chars(long wtime)
    {
 	/* Blocking wait. */
 	before_blocking();
-	retval = gui_mch_wait_for_chars(-1L);
+	retval = gui_wait_for_chars_or_timer(-1L);
    }

    gui_mch_stop_blink();
@@ -3142,7 +3171,7 @@ button_set:
 	    && button != MOUSE_DRAG
 # ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE
 	    && !drag_status_line
-#  ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
+#  ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
 	    && !drag_sep_line
 #  endif
 # endif
@@ -3420,7 +3449,7 @@ gui_init_which_components(char_u *oldval UNUSED)
 	    case GO_RIGHT:
 		gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_RIGHT] = TRUE;
 		break;
-#ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
+#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
 	    case GO_VLEFT:
 		if (win_hasvertsplit())
 		    gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT] = TRUE;
@@ -3858,7 +3887,7 @@ gui_create_scrollbar(scrollbar_T *sb, int type, win_T *wp)
    sb->max = 1;
    sb->top = 0;
    sb->height = 0;
-#ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
+#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
    sb->width = 0;
 #endif
    sb->status_height = 0;
@@ -4140,7 +4169,7 @@ gui_update_scrollbars(
    long	val, size, max;		/* need 32 bits here */
    int		which_sb;
    int		h, y;
-#ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
+#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
    static win_T *prev_curwin = NULL;
 #endif

@@ -4238,10 +4267,8 @@ gui_update_scrollbars(
 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
 	    || sb->top != wp->w_winrow
 	    || sb->status_height != wp->w_status_height
-# ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
 	    || sb->width != wp->w_width
 	    || prev_curwin != curwin
-# endif
 #endif
 	    )
 	{
@@ -4251,9 +4278,7 @@ gui_update_scrollbars(
 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
 	    sb->top = wp->w_winrow;
 	    sb->status_height = wp->w_status_height;
-# ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
 	    sb->width = wp->w_width;
-# endif
 #endif

 	    /* Calculate height and position in pixels */
@@ -4336,7 +4361,7 @@ gui_update_scrollbars(
 					    val, size, max);
 	}
    }
-#ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
+#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
    prev_curwin = curwin;
 #endif
    --hold_gui_events;
@@ -4353,7 +4378,7 @@ gui_do_scrollbar(
    int		which,	    /* SBAR_LEFT or SBAR_RIGHT */
    int		enable)	    /* TRUE to enable scrollbar */
 {
-#ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
+#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
    int		midcol = curwin->w_wincol + curwin->w_width / 2;
    int		has_midcol = (wp->w_wincol <= midcol
 				     && wp->w_wincol + wp->w_width >= midcol);
@@ -4877,7 +4902,7 @@ gui_mouse_moved(int x, int y)
 	st[2] = KE_FILLER;
 	st[3] = (char_u)MOUSE_LEFT;
 	fill_mouse_coord(st + 4,
-#ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
+#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
 		wp->w_wincol == 0 ? -1 : wp->w_wincol + MOUSE_COLOFF,
 #else
 		-1,
@@ -4963,11 +4988,9 @@ xy2win(int x UNUSED, int y UNUSED)
    }
    else if (row > wp->w_height)	/* below status line */
 	update_mouseshape(SHAPE_IDX_CLINE);
-#  ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
    else if (!(State & CMDLINE) && W_VSEP_WIDTH(wp) > 0 && col == wp->w_width
 	    && (row != wp->w_height || !stl_connected(wp)) && msg_scrolled == 0)
 	update_mouseshape(SHAPE_IDX_VSEP);
-#  endif
    else if (!(State & CMDLINE) && W_STATUS_HEIGHT(wp) > 0
 				  && row == wp->w_height && msg_scrolled == 0)
 	update_mouseshape(SHAPE_IDX_STATUS);
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ typedef struct GuiScrollbar
    /* Values measured in characters: */
    int		top;		/* Top of scroll bar (chars from row 0) */
    int		height;		/* Current height of scroll bar in rows */
-#ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
+#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
    int		width;		/* Current width of scroll bar in cols */
 #endif
    int		status_height;	/* Height of status line */
@@ -33,6 +33,12 @@
 # define __out		SAL__out
 #endif

+#if (defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 1700)) || (__cplusplus >= 201103L)
+# define FINAL final
+#else
+# define FINAL
+#endif
+
 #ifdef DYNAMIC_DIRECTX
 extern "C" HINSTANCE vimLoadLib(char *name);

@@ -222,7 +228,7 @@ public:
    }
 };

-class GdiTextRenderer : public IDWriteTextRenderer
+class GdiTextRenderer FINAL : public IDWriteTextRenderer
 {
 public:
    GdiTextRenderer(
@@ -2218,7 +2218,7 @@ gui_mch_wait_for_chars(int wtime)
 	    parse_queued_messages();

 	    if (pPeekMessage(&msg, NULL, 0, 0, PM_NOREMOVE)
-		|| MsgWaitForMultipleObjects(0, NULL, FALSE, 100, QS_ALLEVENTS)
+		|| MsgWaitForMultipleObjects(0, NULL, FALSE, 100, QS_ALLINPUT)
 								!= WAIT_TIMEOUT)
 		break;
 	}
@@ -3291,6 +3291,7 @@ logfont2name(LOGFONT lf)
    char	*p;
    char	*res;
    char	*charset_name;
+    char	*quality_name;
    char	*font_name = lf.lfFaceName;

    charset_name = charset_id2name((int)lf.lfCharSet);
@@ -3304,6 +3305,8 @@ logfont2name(LOGFONT lf)
 						(char_u **)&font_name, &len);
    }
 #endif
+    quality_name = quality_id2name((int)lf.lfQuality);
+
    res = (char *)alloc((unsigned)(strlen(font_name) + 20
 		    + (charset_name == NULL ? 0 : strlen(charset_name) + 2)));
    if (res != NULL)
@@ -3331,6 +3334,11 @@ logfont2name(LOGFONT lf)
 	    STRCAT(p, ":c");
 	    STRCAT(p, charset_name);
 	}
+	if (quality_name != NULL)
+	{
+	    STRCAT(p, ":q");
+	    STRCAT(p, quality_name);
+	}
    }

 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
@@ -3682,10 +3690,9 @@ gui_mch_browseW(
    filterp = convert_filterW(filter);

    vim_memset(&fileStruct, 0, sizeof(OPENFILENAMEW));
-#ifdef OPENFILENAME_SIZE_VERSION_400
+#ifdef OPENFILENAME_SIZE_VERSION_400W
    /* be compatible with Windows NT 4.0 */
-    /* TODO: what to use for OPENFILENAMEW??? */
-    fileStruct.lStructSize = OPENFILENAME_SIZE_VERSION_400;
+    fileStruct.lStructSize = OPENFILENAME_SIZE_VERSION_400W;
 #else
    fileStruct.lStructSize = sizeof(fileStruct);
 #endif
@@ -189,6 +189,8 @@ parse_list_options(
    option_table_T	*table,
    int			table_size)
 {
+    option_table_T *old_opts;
+    char_u	*ret = NULL;
    char_u	*stringp;
    char_u	*colonp;
    char_u	*commap;
@@ -196,8 +198,16 @@ parse_list_options(
    int		idx = 0;		/* init for GCC */
    int		len;

+    /* Save the old values, so that they can be restored in case of an error. */
+    old_opts = (option_table_T *)alloc(sizeof(option_table_T) * table_size);
+    if (old_opts == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+
    for (idx = 0; idx < table_size; ++idx)
+    {
+	old_opts[idx] = table[idx];
 	table[idx].present = FALSE;
+    }

    /*
     * Repeat for all comma separated parts.
@@ -207,7 +217,10 @@ parse_list_options(
    {
 	colonp = vim_strchr(stringp, ':');
 	if (colonp == NULL)
-	    return (char_u *)N_("E550: Missing colon");
+	{
+	    ret = (char_u *)N_("E550: Missing colon");
+	    break;
+	}
 	commap = vim_strchr(stringp, ',');
 	if (commap == NULL)
 	    commap = option_str + STRLEN(option_str);
@@ -219,15 +232,20 @@ parse_list_options(
 		break;

 	if (idx == table_size)
-	    return (char_u *)N_("E551: Illegal component");
-
+	{
+	    ret = (char_u *)N_("E551: Illegal component");
+	    break;
+	}
 	p = colonp + 1;
 	table[idx].present = TRUE;

 	if (table[idx].hasnum)
 	{
 	    if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(*p))
-		return (char_u *)N_("E552: digit expected");
+	    {
+		ret = (char_u *)N_("E552: digit expected");
+		break;
+	    }

 	    table[idx].number = getdigits(&p); /*advances p*/
 	}
@@ -240,7 +258,14 @@ parse_list_options(
 	    ++stringp;
    }

-    return NULL;
+    if (ret != NULL)
+    {
+	/* Restore old options in case of error */
+	for (idx = 0; idx < table_size; ++idx)
+	    table[idx] = old_opts[idx];
+    }
+    vim_free(old_opts);
+    return ret;
 }


@@ -468,8 +468,7 @@ hash_hash(char_u *key)
    char_u	*p;

    if ((hash = *key) == 0)
-	return (hash_T)0;	/* Empty keys are not allowed, but we don't
-				   want to crash if we get one. */
+	return (hash_T)0;
    p = key + 1;

    /* A simplistic algorithm that appears to do very well.
--- a/Show More
+++ b/Show More